blob: 940c3d3e7ffaae58a3c9c7b45f14d1bc51febdde [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +000015#include "SemaInit.h"
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +000016#include "Lookup.h"
Ted Kremenek1309f9a2010-01-25 04:41:41 +000017#include "clang/Analysis/AnalysisContext.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000018#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000024#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000025#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000026#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
27#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000030#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregor314b97f2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000031#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000032using namespace clang;
33
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000034
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000035/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
36/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
37///
38/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
39/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
40/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
41/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
42/// function is being used.
43///
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000044/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
45/// decls.
46///
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000047/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
48/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000049///
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000050bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000051 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000052 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000053 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000054 }
55
Chris Lattnerffb93682009-10-25 17:21:40 +000056 // See if the decl is unavailable
57 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
58 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
59 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
60 }
61
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000063 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000064 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
65 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
66 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
67 return true;
68 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000069 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000070
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000071 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000072}
73
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000075/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000076/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
77///
78void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000080 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000081 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000082 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000083 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
84 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000085
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000086 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
87 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000088 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +000089 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
90 int isMethod = 0;
91 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
92 // skip over named parameters.
93 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
94 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
95 if (nullPos)
96 --nullPos;
97 else
98 ++i;
99 }
100 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
101 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000102 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103 // skip over named parameters.
104 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
105 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
106 if (nullPos)
107 --nullPos;
108 else
109 ++i;
110 }
111 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000112 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000113 // block or function pointer call.
114 QualType Ty = V->getType();
115 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000116 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000117 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
118 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000119 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
120 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
121 unsigned k;
122 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
123 if (nullPos)
124 --nullPos;
125 else
126 ++i;
127 }
128 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
129 }
130 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
131 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000132 } else
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000133 return;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000134 } else
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000135 return;
136
137 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000138 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000139 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000140 return;
141 }
142 int sentinel = i;
143 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
144 --sentinelPos;
145 ++i;
146 }
147 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
148 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000149 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000150 return;
151 }
152 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
153 ++i;
154 ++sentinel;
155 }
156 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlssone4d2bdd2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000157 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
158 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
159 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
160 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000161 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000162 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000163 }
164 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000165}
166
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000167SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
168 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
169 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
170}
171
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000172//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
173// Standard Promotions and Conversions
174//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
175
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000176/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
177void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
178 QualType Ty = E->getType();
179 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
180
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000181 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000182 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlssonb633c4e2009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000183 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000184 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
185 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
186 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
187 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
188 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
189 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
190 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000191 //
192 // C++ 4.2p1:
193 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
194 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
195 //
196 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
197 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson112a0a82009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000198 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
199 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000200 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201}
202
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000203void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *&E) {
204 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
205
206 QualType Ty = E->getType();
207 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - missing type");
208 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && Ty.hasQualifiers() &&
209 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !Ty->isRecordType()) &&
210 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) {
211 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
212 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
213 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
214 // rvalue is T
215 //
216 // C99 6.3.2.1p2:
217 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
218 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
219 // type of the lvalue.
220 ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty.getUnqualifiedType(), CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
221 }
222}
223
224
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000225/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000226/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000227/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
228/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
229/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
230Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
231 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
232 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000233
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000234 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
235 //
236 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
237 // unsigned int may be used:
238 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
239 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
240 // and unsigned int.
241 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
242 //
243 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
244 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
245 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
246 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000247 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
248 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000249 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000250 return Expr;
251 }
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000252 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000253 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000254 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000255 return Expr;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000256 }
257
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000258 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000259 return Expr;
260}
261
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000262/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000264/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
265void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
266 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
267 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000269 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000270 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000271 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000272 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
273 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000274
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000275 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
276}
277
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000278/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
279/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
280/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
281/// completely illegal.
282bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000283 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000284
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000285 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType() &&
286 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
287 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
288 << Expr->getType() << CT))
289 return true;
Douglas Gregor75b699a2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000290
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000291 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType() &&
292 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
293 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
294 << Expr->getType() << CT))
295 return true;
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000296
297 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000298}
299
300
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000301/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
302/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000303/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000304/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
305/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
306/// GCC.
307QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
308 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000309 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000310 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000311
312 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000313
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000314 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000315 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000316 QualType lhs =
317 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000318 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000319 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000320
321 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
322 if (lhs == rhs)
323 return lhs;
324
325 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
326 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
327 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
328 return lhs;
329
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000330 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000331 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000332 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
333 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000334 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000335 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
336 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
337
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000338 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000339 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000340 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
341 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000342 return destType;
343}
344
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000345//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
346// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
347//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
348
349
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000350/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000351/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
352/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
353/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
354/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000355///
356Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000357Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000358 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
359
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000360 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000361 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000362 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000363
364 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
365 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
366 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000367
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000368 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000369 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000370 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000371
372 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
373 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
374 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000375
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000376 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
377 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
378 // strings.
379 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000380 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000381 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000382
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000383 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000384 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000385 Literal.GetStringLength(),
386 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
387 &StringTokLocs[0],
388 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000389}
390
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000391/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
392/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
393/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
394/// for values inside the block or for globals).
395///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000396/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
397/// up-to-date.
398///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000399static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
400 ValueDecl *VD) {
401 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
402 // we wanted to.
403 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
404 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000405
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000406 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
407 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
408 return false;
409
410 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
411 // snapshot it.
412 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
413 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000414 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
415 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000416
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000417 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
418 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
419
420 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
421 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
422 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
423 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
424 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
425 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
426 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
427 // having a reference outside it.
428 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
429 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000430
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000431 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
432 // a snapshot as well.
433 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
434 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000435
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000436 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000437}
438
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000439
440
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000441/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000442Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalldbd872f2009-12-08 09:08:17 +0000443Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000444 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000445 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
446 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000447 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000448 << D->getDeclName();
449 return ExprError();
450 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000451
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000452 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
453 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
454 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
455 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000456 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000457 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000458 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000459 << D->getIdentifier();
460 return ExprError();
461 }
462 }
463 }
464 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000465
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000466 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000467
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000468 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
469 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
470 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor0da76df2009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000471 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000472}
473
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000474/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
475/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
476/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000477static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
478 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000479 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000480 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000481
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000482 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
483 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
484 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000485 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000486 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000487 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000488 D != DEnd; ++D) {
489 if (*D == Record) {
490 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
491 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
492 ++D;
493 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000494 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000495 return *D;
496 }
497 }
498
499 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
500 return 0;
501}
502
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000503/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
504/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
505/// actual member.
506///
507/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
508/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
509/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
510/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
511/// we found.
512///
513/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
514/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
515/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
516VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
517 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000518 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
519 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
520 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
521
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000522 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000523 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
524 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
525 do {
526 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000527 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000528 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000529 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000530 else {
531 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
532 break;
533 }
534 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000535 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000536 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000537
538 return BaseObject;
539}
540
541Sema::OwningExprResult
542Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
543 FieldDecl *Field,
544 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
545 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
546 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000547 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000548 AnonFields);
549
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000550 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
551 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
552 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
553 // found via name lookup.
554 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000555 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000556 if (BaseObject) {
557 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
558 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000559 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000560 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000561 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000562 SourceLocation());
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000563 BaseQuals
564 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000565 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
566 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
567 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
568 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
569 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000570 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000571 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
572 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
573 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000574 BaseQuals
575 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000576 } else {
577 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
578 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
579 // program our base object expression is "this".
580 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
581 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000582 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000583 = Context.getTagDeclType(
584 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
585 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000586 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
588 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
589 // Our base object expression is "this".
Douglas Gregor8aa5f402009-12-24 20:23:34 +0000590 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +0000591 MD->getThisType(Context),
592 /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000593 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
594 }
595 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000596 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
597 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000598 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000599 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000600 }
601
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000602 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000603 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
604 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000605 }
606
607 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
608 // anonymous struct/union.
609 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000610 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000611 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
612 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
613 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
614 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000615 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
616 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
617
618 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
619 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
620 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
621 ResultQuals.removeConst();
622
623 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
624 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
625
626 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
627 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
628
629 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
630 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
631 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
632
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000633 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Eli Friedman16c53782009-12-04 07:18:51 +0000634 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, *FI);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000635 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000636 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
637 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000638 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000639 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000640 }
641
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000642 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000643}
644
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000645/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
646/// possibly a list of template arguments.
647///
648/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
649/// DecomposeTemplateName.
650///
651/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
652/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
653/// some way.
654static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
655 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
656 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
657 DeclarationName &Name,
658 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
659 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
660 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
661 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
662 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
663
664 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
665 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
666 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
667 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
668 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
669
670 TemplateName TName =
671 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
672
673 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
674 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
675 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
676 } else {
677 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
678 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
679 TemplateArgs = 0;
680 }
681}
682
683/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
684///
685/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
686/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
687/// found template arguments.
688static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
689 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
690 TemplateName TName =
691 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
692
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000693 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
694 R.addDecl(TD);
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +0000695 else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate())
696 for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end();
697 I != E; ++I)
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000698 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCallb681b612009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000699
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000700 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000701}
702
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000703/// Determines whether the given record is "fully-formed" at the given
704/// location, i.e. whether a qualified lookup into it is assured of
705/// getting consistent results already.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000706static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000707 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
708 return false;
709
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000710 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
711 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
712 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
713 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
714 if (!BaseRT) return false;
715
716 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000717 if (!BaseRecord->hasDefinition() ||
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000718 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
719 return false;
720 }
721
722 return true;
723}
724
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000725/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
726/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
727static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000728 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000729
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000730 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
731 if (!DC) return true;
732
733 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
734 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
735
736 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
737 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
738
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000739 return false;
740}
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000741
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000742/// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of
743/// the prospective base classes.
744static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef,
745 CXXRecordDecl *Record,
746 const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) {
John McCallb1b42562009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000747 if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl()))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000748 return false;
749
Douglas Gregor952b0172010-02-11 01:04:33 +0000750 RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition();
John McCallb1b42562009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000751 if (!RD) return false;
752 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
753
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000754 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
755 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
756 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
757 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
758 if (!BaseRT) return false;
759
760 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000761 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases))
762 return false;
763 }
764
765 return true;
766}
767
John McCall144238e2009-12-02 20:26:00 +0000768/// Determines if this is an instance member of a class.
769static bool IsInstanceMember(NamedDecl *D) {
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000770 assert(D->isCXXClassMember() &&
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000771 "checking whether non-member is instance member");
772
773 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) return true;
774
775 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
776 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
777
778 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
779 D = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl();
780 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
781 }
782
783 return false;
784}
785
786enum IMAKind {
787 /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access.
788 IMA_Static,
789
790 /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access.
791 IMA_Mixed,
792
793 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
794 /// so, because the context is not an instance method.
795 IMA_Mixed_StaticContext,
796
797 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
798 /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class.
799 IMA_Mixed_Unrelated,
800
801 /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access.
802 IMA_Instance,
803
804 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration.
805 IMA_Unresolved,
806
807 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the
808 /// context is not an instance method.
809 IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext,
810
811 /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a
812 /// non-class context.
813 IMA_AnonymousMember,
814
815 /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current
816 /// context is not an instance method.
817 IMA_Error_StaticContext,
818
819 /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated
820 /// class.
821 IMA_Error_Unrelated
822};
823
824/// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for
825/// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access
826/// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an
827/// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to
828/// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
829/// not be caught until template-instantiation.
830static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
831 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000832 assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000833
834 bool isStaticContext =
835 (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) ||
836 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isStatic());
837
838 if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
839 return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
840
841 // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find.
842 bool hasNonInstance = false;
843 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes;
844 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
845 NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
846 if (IsInstanceMember(D)) {
847 CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
848
849 // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the
850 // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one,
851 // that's a special case.
852 while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
853 R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent());
854 if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember;
855 }
856 Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl());
857 }
858 else
859 hasNonInstance = true;
860 }
861
862 // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit
863 // member reference.
864 if (Classes.empty())
865 return IMA_Static;
866
867 // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be
868 // an implicit member reference.
869 if (isStaticContext)
870 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext);
871
872 // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the
873 // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in
874 // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected).
875 if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef,
876 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getParent(),
877 Classes))
878 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated);
879
880 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance);
881}
882
883/// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available.
884static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef,
885 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
886 const LookupResult &R) {
887 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
888 SourceRange Range(Loc);
889 if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin());
890
891 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
892 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
893 if (MD->isStatic()) {
894 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
895 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
896 << Range << R.getLookupName();
897 return;
898 }
899 }
900
901 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
902 << R.getLookupName() << Range;
903 return;
904 }
905
906 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000907}
908
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000909/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
910///
911/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000912bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000913 LookupResult &R) {
914 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
915
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000916 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000917 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000918 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
919 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000920 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000921 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000922 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
923 }
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000924
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000925 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
926 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
927 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
928 // dependent name.
929 for (DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty()? CurContext : 0;
930 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000931 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
932 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
933
934 if (!R.empty()) {
935 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
936 R.suppressDiagnostics();
937
938 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
939 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
940 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
941 DC == CurMethod->getParent();
942
943 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
944 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
945 // Actually quite difficult!
946 if (isInstance)
947 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
948 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(),
949 "this->");
950 else
951 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
952
953 // Do we really want to note all of these?
954 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
955 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
956
957 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
958 return false;
959 }
960 }
961 }
962
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000963 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000964 if (S && CorrectTypo(R, S, &SS)) {
965 if (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin())) {
966 if (SS.isEmpty())
967 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName()
968 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000969 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000970 else
971 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
972 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
973 << SS.getRange()
974 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000975 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +0000976 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
977 Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
978 << ND->getDeclName();
979
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000980 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
981 return false;
982 }
983
984 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*R.begin())) {
985 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
986 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
987 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
988 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
989 // to recover well anyway.
990 if (SS.isEmpty())
991 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName();
992 else
993 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
994 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
995 << SS.getRange();
996
997 // Don't try to recover; it won't work.
998 return true;
999 }
1000
1001 R.clear();
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001002 }
1003
1004 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
1005 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
1006 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
1007 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
1008 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
1009 << SS.getRange();
1010 return true;
1011 }
1012
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001013 // Give up, we can't recover.
1014 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1015 return true;
1016}
1017
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001018Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
1019 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1020 UnqualifiedId &Id,
1021 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1022 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1023 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
1024 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
1025
1026 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001027 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001028
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001029 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001030
1031 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
1032 DeclarationName Name;
1033 SourceLocation NameLoc;
1034 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001035 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
1036 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001037
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +00001038 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001039
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001040 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1041 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001042 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1043 // (note: handled after lookup)
1044 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
1045 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
1046 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001047 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1048 // names a dependent type.
1049 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
1050 // we need to handle these differently.
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001051 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1052 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) ||
1053 (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS))) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001054 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00001055 isAddressOfOperand,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001056 TemplateArgs);
1057 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001058
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001059 // Perform the required lookup.
1060 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1061 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001062 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001063 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001064 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001065 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl());
1066 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001067
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001068 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
1069 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001070 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
1071 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001072 if (E.isInvalid())
1073 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001074
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001075 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
1076 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +00001077 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +00001078 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +00001079
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001080 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1081 return ExprError();
1082
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001083 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
1084 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001085 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001086
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001087 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001088 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001089 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
1090 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1091 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
1092 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
1093 }
1094
1095 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
1096 // call, diagnose the problem.
1097 if (R.empty()) {
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001098 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R))
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001099 return ExprError();
1100
1101 assert(!R.empty() &&
1102 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001103
1104 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1105 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
1106 // reference the ivar.
1107 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1108 R.clear();
1109 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
1110 assert(E.isInvalid() || E.get());
1111 return move(E);
1112 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001113 }
1114 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001115
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001116 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
1117 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
1118
1119 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001120 // Warn about constructs like:
1121 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1122 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001123
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001124 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1125 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001126 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001127 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001128 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001129 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001130 << Var->getDeclName()
1131 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
1132 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001133 break;
1134 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001135
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001136 // Move to the parent of this scope.
1137 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001138 }
1139 }
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001140 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001141 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1142 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1143 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1144 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1145 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1146 // type.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001147 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001148 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001149
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001150 QualType T = Func->getType();
1151 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001152 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001153 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001154 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001155 }
1156 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001157
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001158 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
1159 // C++ [expr.prim.general]p6:
1160 // Within the definition of a non-static member function, an
1161 // identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a
1162 // class member access expression.
1163 // But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even
1164 // though we don't parse it that way.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001165 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001166 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001167 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer)
1168 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001169 }
1170
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001171 if (TemplateArgs)
1172 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001173
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001174 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
1175}
1176
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001177/// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression.
1178Sema::OwningExprResult
1179Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1180 LookupResult &R,
1181 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1182 switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
1183 case IMA_Instance:
1184 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
1185
1186 case IMA_AnonymousMember:
1187 assert(R.isSingleResult());
1188 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(),
1189 R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>());
1190
1191 case IMA_Mixed:
1192 case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated:
1193 case IMA_Unresolved:
1194 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false);
1195
1196 case IMA_Static:
1197 case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext:
1198 case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext:
1199 if (TemplateArgs)
1200 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *TemplateArgs);
1201 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
1202
1203 case IMA_Error_StaticContext:
1204 case IMA_Error_Unrelated:
1205 DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R);
1206 return ExprError();
1207 }
1208
1209 llvm_unreachable("unexpected instance member access kind");
1210 return ExprError();
1211}
1212
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001213/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
1214/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
1215/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
1216/// this path.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001217Sema::OwningExprResult
1218Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1219 DeclarationName Name,
1220 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1221 DeclContext *DC;
1222 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
1223 DC->isDependentContext() ||
1224 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
1225 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
1226
1227 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1228 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1229
1230 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1231 return ExprError();
1232
1233 if (R.empty()) {
1234 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
1235 return ExprError();
1236 }
1237
1238 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
1239}
1240
1241/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
1242/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
1243/// additional lookup.
1244///
1245/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
1246/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
1247///
1248/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
1249Sema::OwningExprResult
1250Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001251 IdentifierInfo *II,
1252 bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001253 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
1254
1255 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
1256 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
1257 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
1258 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
1259 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
1260
1261 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
1262 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
1263 // ivar, that's an error.
1264 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
1265
1266 bool LookForIvars;
1267 if (Lookup.empty())
1268 LookForIvars = true;
1269 else if (IsClassMethod)
1270 LookForIvars = false;
1271 else
1272 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1273 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001274 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = 0;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001275 if (LookForIvars) {
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001276 IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001277 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1278 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1279 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
1280 if (IsClassMethod)
1281 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
1282 << IV->getDeclName());
1283
1284 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
1285 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
1286 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1287 return ExprError();
1288
1289 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
1290 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
1291 return ExprError();
1292
1293 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
1294 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
1295 ClassDeclared != IFace)
1296 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1297
1298 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
1299 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
1300 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
1301 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
1302 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
1303 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
1304 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
1305 SelfName, false, false);
1306 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
1307 return Owned(new (Context)
1308 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
1309 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
1310 }
1311 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
1312 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
1313 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
1314 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1315 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1316 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
1317 IFace == ClassDeclared)
1318 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
1319 }
1320 }
1321
1322 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
1323 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
1324 QualType T;
1325
1326 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
1327 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
1328 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
1329 else
1330 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
1331 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
1332 }
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001333 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1334 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
1335 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
1336 if (!(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1337 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
1338 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
1339 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
1340 Lookup.getNameLoc());
1341 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
1342 }
1343 }
1344 }
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001345 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 && LookForIvars && Lookup.empty()) {
Fariborz Jahanian77e2dde2010-02-09 21:49:50 +00001346 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = SynthesizeNewPropertyIvar(IFace, II);
1347 if (Ivar)
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001348 return LookupInObjCMethod(Lookup, S, II, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001349 }
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001350 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
1351 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001352}
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001353
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001354/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001355bool
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001356Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
1357 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001358 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001359 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001360 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001361 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001362 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
1363 return false;
1364 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
1365 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001366 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001367 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
1368 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001369 }
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001370 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
1371 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1372 DestRecordType,
1373 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1374 From->getSourceRange()))
1375 return true;
Anders Carlsson3503d042009-07-31 01:23:52 +00001376 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1377 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001378 }
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001379 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001380}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001381
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001382/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001383static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
Eli Friedmanf595cc42009-12-04 06:40:45 +00001384 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001385 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
1386 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1387 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1388 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001389 if (SS.isSet()) {
1390 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1391 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001392 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001393
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001394 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
1395 Member, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001396}
1397
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001398/// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context
1399/// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
1400/// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
1401/// is from an appropriate type.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001402Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001403Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1404 LookupResult &R,
1405 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
1406 bool IsKnownInstance) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001407 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1408
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001409 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001410
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001411 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1412 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001413 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001414 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001415 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001416 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001417 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001418
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001419 // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a
1420 // 'this' expression now.
1421 QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)->getThisType(Context);
1422 Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access
1423 if (IsKnownInstance) {
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +00001424 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
1425 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
1426 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
1427 This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisType, /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001428 }
1429
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001430 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType,
1431 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1432 /*IsArrow*/ true,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00001433 SS,
1434 /*FirstQualifierInScope*/ 0,
1435 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001436}
1437
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001438bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001439 const LookupResult &R,
1440 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001441 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1442 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1443 return false;
1444
1445 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001446 if (SS.isSet())
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001447 return false;
1448
1449 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001450 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001451 return false;
1452
1453 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1454 // normal lookup:
1455 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1456 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1457
1458 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1459 // -- a declaration of a class member
1460 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1461 // original decl.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001462 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001463 return false;
1464
1465 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1466 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1467 // using-declaration
1468 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1469 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1470 // turn off ADL anyway).
1471 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1472 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1473 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1474 return false;
1475
1476 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1477 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1478 // template
1479 // And also for builtin functions.
1480 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1481 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1482
1483 // But also builtin functions.
1484 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1485 return false;
1486 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1487 return false;
1488 }
1489
1490 return true;
1491}
1492
1493
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001494/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1495/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1496/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1497/// will in fact be used.
1498static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1499 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1500 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1501 return true;
1502 }
1503
1504 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1505 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1506 return true;
1507 }
1508
1509 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1510 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1511 return true;
1512 }
1513
1514 return false;
1515}
1516
1517Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001518Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001519 LookupResult &R,
1520 bool NeedsADL) {
John McCallfead20c2009-12-08 22:45:53 +00001521 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
1522 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
Douglas Gregor86b8e092010-01-29 17:15:43 +00001523 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001524 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001525
1526 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1527 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1528 // functions and function templates.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001529 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1530 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001531 return ExprError();
1532
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001533 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
1534 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
1535 // we've picked a target.
1536 R.suppressDiagnostics();
1537
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001538 bool Dependent
1539 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001540 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001541 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent, R.getNamingClass(),
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001542 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1543 SS.getRange(),
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001544 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1545 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001546 ULE->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001547
1548 return Owned(ULE);
1549}
1550
1551
1552/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1553Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001554Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001555 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1556 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001557 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1558 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001559
1560 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1561 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001562
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001563 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
1564 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
1565 // a template argument list.
1566 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
1567 << Template << SS.getRange();
1568 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
1569 return ExprError();
1570 }
1571
1572 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
1573 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
1574 if (!VD) {
1575 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
1576 << D << SS.getRange();
John McCall87cf6702009-12-18 18:35:10 +00001577 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001578 return ExprError();
1579 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001580
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001581 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1582 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1583 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1584 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001585 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001586 return ExprError();
1587
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001588 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1589 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001590 return ExprError();
1591
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001592 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1593 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1594 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1595 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001596 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001597 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1598 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1599 //
1600 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Mike Stump0d6fd572010-01-05 02:56:35 +00001601 if (VD->getType().getTypePtr()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1602 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
1603 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1604 return ExprError();
1605 }
1606
Mike Stump28497342010-01-05 03:10:36 +00001607 if (VD->getType()->isArrayType()) {
1608 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
1609 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1610 return ExprError();
1611 }
1612
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001613 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001614 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001615 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001616 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001617 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001618 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1619 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001620 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001621
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001622 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001623 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001624 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001625 }
1626 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1627 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001628
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001629 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001630}
1631
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001632Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1633 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001634 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001635
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001636 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001637 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001638 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1639 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1640 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001641 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001642
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001643 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1644 // string.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001645
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001646 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1647 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001648 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001649 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001650 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001651
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001652 QualType ResTy;
1653 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1654 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1655 } else {
Anders Carlsson848fa642010-02-11 18:20:28 +00001656 unsigned Length = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001657
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001658 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001659 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001660 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1661 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001662 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001663}
1664
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001665Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001666 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1667 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1668 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1669 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001670
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001671 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1672 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1673 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001674 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001675
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001676 QualType Ty;
1677 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
1678 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' and L'x' -> int in C.
1679 else if (Literal.isWide())
1680 Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C++.
Eli Friedman136b0cd2010-02-03 18:21:45 +00001681 else if (Literal.isMultiChar())
1682 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001683 else
1684 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001685
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001686 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1687 Literal.isWide(),
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001688 Ty, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001689}
1690
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001691Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1692 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001693 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1694 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001695 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001696 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001697 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001698 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001699 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001700
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001701 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001702 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1703 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001704 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001705
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001706 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1707 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001708
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001709 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001710 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1711 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001712 return ExprError();
1713
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001714 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001715
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001716 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001717 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001718 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001719 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001720 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001721 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001722 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001723 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001724
1725 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1726
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001727 using llvm::APFloat;
1728 APFloat Val(Format);
1729
1730 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
John McCall9f2df882009-12-24 11:09:08 +00001731
1732 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
1733 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
1734 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
1735 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001736 unsigned diagnostic;
1737 llvm::SmallVector<char, 20> buffer;
1738 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
1739 diagnostic = diag::err_float_overflow;
1740 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
1741 } else {
1742 diagnostic = diag::err_float_underflow;
1743 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
1744 }
1745
1746 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic)
1747 << Ty
1748 << llvm::StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
1749 }
1750
1751 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001752 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001753
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001754 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001755 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001756 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001757 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001758
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001759 // long long is a C99 feature.
1760 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001761 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001762 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1763
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001764 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001765 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001766
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001767 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1768 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1769 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001770 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1771 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001772 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001773 } else {
1774 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1775 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001776
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001777 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1778 // be an unsigned int.
1779 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1780
1781 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001782 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001783 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1784 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001785 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001786
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001787 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1788 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1789 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1790 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001791 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001792 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001793 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001794 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001795 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001796 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001797
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001798 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001799 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001800 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001801
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001802 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1803 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1804 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1805 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001806 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001807 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001808 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001809 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001810 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001811 }
1812
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001813 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001814 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001815 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001816
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001817 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1818 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1819 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1820 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001821 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001822 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001823 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001824 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001825 }
1826 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001827
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001828 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1829 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001830 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001831 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001832 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001833 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001834 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001835
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001836 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1837 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001838 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001839 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001840 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001841
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001842 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1843 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001844 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001845 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001846
1847 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001848}
1849
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001850Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1851 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001852 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001853 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001854 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001855}
1856
1857/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1858/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001859bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001860 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1861 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1862 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001863 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1864 return false;
1865
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001866 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1867 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1868 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1869 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1870 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1871 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1872
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001873 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001874 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001875 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001876 if (isSizeof)
1877 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1878 return false;
1879 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001880
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001881 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001882 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001883 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1884 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001885 return false;
1886 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001887
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001888 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Douglas Gregor5cc07df2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00001889 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
1890 << int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001891 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001892
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001893 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001894 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001895 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001896 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1897 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001898 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001899
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001900 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001901}
1902
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001903bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1904 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1905 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001906
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001907 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001908 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1909 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001910
1911 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1912 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1913 return false;
1914
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001915 if (E->getBitField()) {
1916 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1917 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001918 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001919
1920 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1921 // bit-field.
1922 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001923 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001924 return false;
1925
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001926 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1927}
1928
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001929/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001930Action::OwningExprResult
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001931Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001932 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001933 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001934 if (!TInfo)
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001935 return ExprError();
1936
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001937 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001938
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001939 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1940 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1941 return ExprError();
1942
1943 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001944 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001945 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1946 R.getEnd()));
1947}
1948
1949/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1950/// operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001951Action::OwningExprResult
1952Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001953 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1954 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1955 bool isInvalid = false;
1956 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1957 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1958 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1959 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001960 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001961 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1962 isInvalid = true;
1963 } else {
1964 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1965 }
1966
1967 if (isInvalid)
1968 return ExprError();
1969
1970 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1971 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1972 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1973 R.getEnd()));
1974}
1975
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001976/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1977/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1978/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001979Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001980Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1981 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001982 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001983 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001984
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001985 if (isType) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001986 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
1987 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &TInfo);
1988 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001989 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001990
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001991 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1992 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1993 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1994
1995 if (Result.isInvalid())
1996 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1997
1998 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001999}
2000
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002001QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002002 if (V->isTypeDependent())
2003 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002004
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002005 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002006 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002007 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002008
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002009 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
2010 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
2011 return V->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002012
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002013 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002014 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
2015 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002016 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002017}
2018
2019
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002020
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002021Action::OwningExprResult
2022Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2023 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002024 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
2025 switch (Kind) {
2026 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
2027 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
2028 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
2029 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002030
Eli Friedmane4216e92009-11-18 03:38:04 +00002031 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002032}
2033
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002034Action::OwningExprResult
2035Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2036 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002037 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2038 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
2039
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002040 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
2041 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002042
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002043 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002044 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
2045 Base.release();
2046 Idx.release();
2047 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
2048 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
2049 }
2050
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002051 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002052 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00002053 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
2054 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
2055 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002056 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002057 }
2058
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002059 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
2060}
2061
2062
2063Action::OwningExprResult
2064Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2065 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
2066 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
2067 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
2068
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002069 // Perform default conversions.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002070 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
2071 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
2072 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002073
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002074 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002075
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002076 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002077 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002078 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002079 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002080 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
2081 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002082 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
2083 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2084 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2085 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002086 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002087 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2088 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002089 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002090 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00002091 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002092 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2093 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002094 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002095 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002096 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002097 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2098 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2099 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002100 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002101 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002102 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
2103 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2104 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
2105 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002106 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002107 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002108 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00002109
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002110 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
2111 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002112 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2113 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002114 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002115 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
2116 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
2117 // force the promotion here.
2118 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2119 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002120 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
2121 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002122 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
2123
2124 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2125 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002126 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002127 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2128 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
2129 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2130 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002131 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
2132 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002133 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
2134
2135 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2136 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002137 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002138 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002139 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
2140 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002141 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002142 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002143 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
2144 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002145 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
2146 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002147
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002148 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinig0f9a5b52009-09-14 20:14:57 +00002149 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
2150 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig76e2b712009-09-14 01:58:58 +00002151 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
2152
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002153 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002154 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
2155 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002156 // incomplete types are not object types.
2157 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
2158 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
2159 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2160 return ExprError();
2161 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002162
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002163 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002164 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002165 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
2166 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002167 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002168
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002169 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
2170 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
2171 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
2172 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2173 return ExprError();
2174 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002175
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002176 Base.release();
2177 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002178 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002179 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002180}
2181
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002182QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002183CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002184 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002185 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbar2ad32892009-10-18 02:09:38 +00002186 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
2187 // see FIXME there.
2188 //
2189 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
2190 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002191 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002192
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002193 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002194 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002195
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002196 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002197 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
2198 // to be selected.
2199 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002200
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002201 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
2202 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00002203 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002204
2205 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
2206 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002207 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002208 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
2209 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002210 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002211 do
2212 compStr++;
2213 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002214 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002215 do
2216 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002217 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002218 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002219
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002220 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002221 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
2222 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002223 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
2224 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002225 return QualType();
2226 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002227
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002228 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
2229 // operates on.
2230 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002231 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002232
2233 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002234 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002235
2236 while (*compStr) {
2237 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2238 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2239 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2240 return QualType();
2241 }
2242 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002243 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002244
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002245 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002246 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002247 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002248 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002249 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman0479a0b2009-12-15 18:13:04 +00002250 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002251 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002252 if (HexSwizzle)
2253 CompSize--;
2254
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002255 if (CompSize == 1)
2256 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002257
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002258 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002259 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002260 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2261 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2262 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2263 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002264 }
2265 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002266}
2267
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002268static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002269 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002270 const Selector &Sel,
2271 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002272
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002273 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002274 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002275 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002276 return OMD;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002277
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002278 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2279 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002280 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002281 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002282 return D;
2283 }
2284 return 0;
2285}
2286
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002287static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002288 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002289 const Selector &Sel,
2290 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002291 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2292 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002293 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002294 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002295 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002296 GDecl = PD;
2297 break;
2298 }
2299 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002300 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002301 GDecl = OMD;
2302 break;
2303 }
2304 }
2305 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002306 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002307 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2308 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002309 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002310 if (GDecl)
2311 return GDecl;
2312 }
2313 }
2314 return GDecl;
2315}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002316
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002317Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002318Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType,
2319 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002320 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2321 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2322 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2323 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2324 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2325
2326 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
2327 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
2328 //
2329 // T* t;
2330 // t.f;
2331 //
2332 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2333 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2334 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2335 if (!IsArrow) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002336 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002337 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
2338 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002339 assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses");
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002340 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002341 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002342 return ExprError();
2343 }
2344 }
2345
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00002346 assert(BaseType->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002347
2348 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2349 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002350 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002351 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2352 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
2353 SS.getRange(),
2354 FirstQualifierInScope,
2355 Name, NameLoc,
2356 TemplateArgs));
2357}
2358
2359/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
2360/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
2361/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
2362static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2363 Expr *BaseExpr,
2364 QualType BaseType,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002365 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002366 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002367 // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of
2368 // diagnostics.
2369 if (!BaseExpr)
2370 return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002371
2372 // FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more
2373 // complicated cases here.
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002374 DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002375 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002376 << SS.getRange() << DC << BaseType;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002377}
2378
2379// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2380// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2381// type. The restriction here is:
2382//
2383// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2384// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2385// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2386//
2387// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2388// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2389// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2390// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2391bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2392 QualType BaseType,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002393 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002394 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002395 const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
2396 if (!BaseRT) {
2397 // We can't check this yet because the base type is still
2398 // dependent.
2399 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
2400 return false;
2401 }
2402 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002403
2404 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002405 // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a
2406 // non-instance member, it's not an error.
2407 if (!BaseExpr && !IsInstanceMember((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
2408 return false;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002409
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002410 // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl.
2411 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext());
2412 while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2413 RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent());
2414
2415 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord;
2416 MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl());
2417
2418 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord))
2419 return false;
2420 }
2421
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002422 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002423 return true;
2424}
2425
2426static bool
2427LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
2428 SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy,
2429 SourceLocation OpLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2430 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
2431 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0),
2432 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2433 << BaseRange))
2434 return true;
2435
2436 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2437 if (SS.isSet()) {
2438 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2439 // nested-name-specifier.
2440 DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2441
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002442 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) {
2443 SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2444 << SS.getRange() << DC;
2445 return true;
2446 }
2447
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002448 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2449
2450 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2451 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2452 << DC << SS.getRange();
2453 return true;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002454 }
2455 }
2456
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002457 // The record definition is complete, now look up the member.
2458 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002459
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002460 if (!R.empty())
2461 return false;
2462
2463 // We didn't find anything with the given name, so try to correct
2464 // for typos.
2465 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
2466 if (SemaRef.CorrectTypo(R, 0, &SS, DC) &&
2467 (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin()))) {
2468 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
2469 << Name << DC << R.getLookupName() << SS.getRange()
2470 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
2471 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +00002472 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
2473 SemaRef.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2474 << ND->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002475 return false;
2476 } else {
2477 R.clear();
2478 }
2479
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002480 return false;
2481}
2482
2483Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002484Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002485 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2486 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2487 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2488 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2489 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2490 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2491
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002492 if (BaseType->isDependentType() ||
2493 (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002494 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002495 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2496 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2497 Name, NameLoc,
2498 TemplateArgs);
2499
2500 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002501
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002502 // Implicit member accesses.
2503 if (!Base) {
2504 QualType RecordTy = BaseType;
2505 if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2506 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(),
2507 RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(),
2508 OpLoc, SS))
2509 return ExprError();
2510
2511 // Explicit member accesses.
2512 } else {
2513 OwningExprResult Result =
2514 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002515 SS, /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002516
2517 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2518 Owned(Base);
2519 return ExprError();
2520 }
2521
2522 if (Result.get())
2523 return move(Result);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002524 }
2525
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002526 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002527 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2528 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002529}
2530
2531Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002532Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType,
2533 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2534 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002535 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002536 LookupResult &R,
2537 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2538 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002539 QualType BaseType = BaseExprType;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002540 if (IsArrow) {
2541 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2542 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2543 }
2544
2545 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2546 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2547 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2548 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2549
2550 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002551 return ExprError();
2552
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002553 if (R.empty()) {
2554 // Rederive where we looked up.
2555 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2556 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2557 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002558
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002559 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002560 << MemberName << DC
2561 << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002562 return ExprError();
2563 }
2564
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002565 // Diagnose lookups that find only declarations from a non-base
2566 // type. This is possible for either qualified lookups (which may
2567 // have been qualified with an unrelated type) or implicit member
2568 // expressions (which were found with unqualified lookup and thus
2569 // may have come from an enclosing scope). Note that it's okay for
2570 // lookup to find declarations from a non-base type as long as those
2571 // aren't the ones picked by overload resolution.
2572 if ((SS.isSet() || !BaseExpr ||
2573 (isa<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr) &&
2574 cast<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr)->isImplicit())) &&
2575 CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R))
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002576 return ExprError();
2577
2578 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2579 // result.
2580 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002581 bool Dependent =
John McCall410a3f32009-12-19 02:05:44 +00002582 BaseExprType->isDependentType() ||
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002583 R.isUnresolvableResult() ||
John McCall7bb12da2010-02-02 06:20:04 +00002584 OverloadExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002585
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002586 // Suppress any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll do these when we
2587 // pick a member.
2588 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2589
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002590 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2591 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2592 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002593 BaseExpr, BaseExprType,
2594 IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002595 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2596 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2597 TemplateArgs);
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002598 MemExpr->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002599
2600 return Owned(MemExpr);
2601 }
2602
2603 assert(R.isSingleResult());
2604 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2605
2606 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2607
2608 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2609 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2610 // error cases.
2611 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2612 return ExprError();
2613
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002614 // Handle the implicit-member-access case.
2615 if (!BaseExpr) {
2616 // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access.
2617 if (!IsInstanceMember(MemberDecl))
2618 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl);
2619
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +00002620 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
2621 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
2622 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
2623 BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, BaseExprType,/*isImplicit=*/true);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002624 }
2625
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002626 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2627 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2628 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2629 // explicitly qualified.
2630 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2631 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2632 }
2633
2634 // Check the use of this member.
2635 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2636 Owned(BaseExpr);
2637 return ExprError();
2638 }
2639
2640 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2641 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2642 // (C++ [class.union]).
Eli Friedman16c53782009-12-04 07:18:51 +00002643 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2644 !BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002645 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2646 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2647
2648 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2649 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2650 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2651 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2652 else {
2653 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2654 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2655 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2656
2657 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2658 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2659
2660 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2661 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2662 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2663 }
2664
2665 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
2666 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2667 return ExprError();
2668 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2669 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
2670 }
2671
2672 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2673 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2674 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2675 Var, MemberLoc,
2676 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2677 }
2678
2679 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2680 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2681 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2682 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2683 MemberFn->getType()));
2684 }
2685
2686 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2687 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2688 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2689 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
2690 }
2691
2692 Owned(BaseExpr);
2693
2694 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
2695 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2696 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2697
2698 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2699 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2700 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
2701 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2702 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2703 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2704}
2705
2706/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2707/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2708/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2709/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2710/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2711/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2712/// an ordinary member expression.
2713///
2714/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2715/// fixed for ObjC++.
2716Sema::OwningExprResult
2717Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002718 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002719 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002720 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002721 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002722
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002723 // Perform default conversions.
2724 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002725
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002726 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002727 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2728
2729 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2730 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002731
2732 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002733 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002734 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2735 // call, and continue on.
2736 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2737 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2738 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2739 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2740 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002741 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2742 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002743 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2744 ->isRecordType()))) {
2745 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2746 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2747 << QualType(Fun, 0)
2748 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2749
2750 OwningExprResult NewBase
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002751 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002752 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2753 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002754 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002755
2756 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2757 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2758 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2759 }
2760 }
2761 }
2762
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002763 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2764 // use that.
2765 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian6d910f02009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002766 if (IsArrow) {
2767 // Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa.
2768 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
2769 BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
2770 if (OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
2771 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Fariborz Jahanian83dc3252009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002772 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2773 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Fariborz Jahanian6d910f02009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002774 }
2775 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002776 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2777 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2778 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2779 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002780 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002781 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002782 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002783
Fariborz Jahanian369a3bd2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002784 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2785 // use that.
2786 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2787 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2788 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2789 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2790 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2791 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2792 }
2793 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002794
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002795 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002796
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002797 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002798 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002799 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2800 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2801 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2802 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2803 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2804 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2805 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2806 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2807 // Check the use of this method.
2808 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2809 return ExprError();
2810 }
2811 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2812 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2813 Selector SetterSel =
2814 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2815 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2816 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2817 if (!Setter) {
2818 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2819 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002820 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002821 }
2822 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2823 if (!Setter)
2824 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
2825
2826 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2827 return ExprError();
2828
2829 if (Getter || Setter) {
2830 QualType PType;
2831
2832 if (Getter)
2833 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2834 else
2835 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2836 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2837 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2838 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
2839 PType,
2840 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2841 }
2842 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2843 << MemberName << BaseType);
2844 }
2845 }
2846
2847 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2848 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2849 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002850 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002851 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002852
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002853 if (IsArrow) {
2854 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002855 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002856 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2857 ;
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002858 else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
2859 // Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.:
2860 // struct MyRecord foo;
2861 // foo->bar
2862 // This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an
2863 // overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with
2864 // by now.
2865 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2866 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
2867 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
2868 IsArrow = false;
2869 } else {
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002870 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2871 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2872 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002873 }
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002874 } else {
2875 // Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.:
2876 // type *foo;
2877 // foo.bar
2878 // This is actually well-formed in two cases:
2879 // - 'type' is an Objective C type
2880 // - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to
2881 // the appropriate pointer type
2882 if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2883 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
2884 if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) {
2885 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2886 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
2887 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
2888 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
2889 IsArrow = true;
2890 }
2891 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002892 }
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002893
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002894 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
2895 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002896 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002897 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
2898 RTy, OpLoc, SS))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002899 return ExprError();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002900 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002901 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002902
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002903 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2904 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2905 // pseudo-destructor.
2906 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2907 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002908 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2909 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002910 // type.
2911 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2912 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2913 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002914
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002915 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2916 // same as the object type.
2917 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2918 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2919 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2920 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2921 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002922
2923 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002924 // the form
2925 //
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002926 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2927 //
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002928 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2929 //
2930 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2931 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002932
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002933 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2934 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2935 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002936 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2937 (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep(),
2938 SS.getRange(),
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002939 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2940 MemberLoc));
2941 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002942
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002943 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2944 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002945 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2946 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002947 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002948 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002949 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002950 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002951 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2952
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002953 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2954 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002955 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002956
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00002957 if (!IV) {
2958 // Attempt to correct for typos in ivar names.
2959 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
2960 LookupMemberName);
2961 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IDecl) &&
2962 (IV = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>())) {
2963 Diag(R.getNameLoc(),
2964 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar_suggest)
2965 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName << IV->getDeclName()
2966 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
2967 IV->getNameAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +00002968 Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2969 << IV->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00002970 }
2971 }
2972
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002973 if (IV) {
2974 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2975 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2976 // error cases.
2977 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2978 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002979
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002980 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2981 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2982 return ExprError();
2983 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2984 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2985 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2986 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2987 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2988 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2989 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2990 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2991 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2992 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2993 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2994 // AST for a function decl.
2995 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002996 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002997 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2998 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2999 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
3000 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
3001 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
3002 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003003
3004 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
3005 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003006 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003007 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003008 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00003009 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
3010 // @protected
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003011 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003012 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00003013 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003014
3015 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
3016 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003017 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00003018 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003019 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003020 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003021 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00003022 }
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003023 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003024 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003025 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
3026 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003027 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003028 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003029
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003030 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003031 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003032 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
3033 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3034 // Check the use of this declaration
3035 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3036 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003037
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003038 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
3039 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3040 }
3041 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3042 // Check the use of this method.
3043 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
3044 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003045
Ted Kremenekeb3b3242010-02-11 22:41:21 +00003046 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(Context, BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003047 OMD->getResultType(),
3048 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003049 NULL, 0));
3050 }
3051 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003052
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003053 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003054 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003055 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003056 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
3057 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003058 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003059 if (!IsArrow && (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003060 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
3061 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003062 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003063
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003064 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003065 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003066 // Check whether we can reference this property.
3067 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3068 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00003069 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003070 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003071 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00003072 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
3073 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00003074 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00003075 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3076 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003077 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003078 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3079 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003080 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003081 // Check whether we can reference this property.
3082 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3083 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00003084
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003085 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00003086 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3087 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003088 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
3089 // selector is implemented.
3090
3091 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
3092 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
3093
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003094 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003095 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003096
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003097 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
3098 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00003099 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003100
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00003101 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00003102 if (!Getter)
3103 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003104 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003105 // Check if we can reference this property.
3106 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
3107 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003108 }
3109 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
3110 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003111 Selector SetterSel =
3112 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003113 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003114 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003115 if (!Setter) {
3116 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
3117 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00003118 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003119 }
3120 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00003121 if (!Setter)
3122 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003123
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003124 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
3125 return ExprError();
3126
Fariborz Jahaniandd0cb902010-01-19 17:48:02 +00003127 if (Getter) {
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003128 QualType PType;
Fariborz Jahaniandd0cb902010-01-19 17:48:02 +00003129 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian09105f52009-08-20 17:02:02 +00003130 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003131 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3132 }
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003133
3134 // Attempt to correct for typos in property names.
3135 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
3136 LookupOrdinaryName);
3137 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IFace, false, OPT) &&
3138 Res.getAsSingle<ObjCPropertyDecl>()) {
3139 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_property_not_found_suggest)
3140 << MemberName << BaseType << Res.getLookupName()
3141 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
3142 Res.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +00003143 ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCPropertyDecl>();
3144 Diag(Property->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
3145 << Property->getDeclName();
3146
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003147 return LookupMemberExpr(Res, BaseExpr, IsArrow, OpLoc, SS,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003148 ObjCImpDecl);
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003149 }
3150
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003151 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003152 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00003153 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003154
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003155 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003156 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003157 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003158 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003159 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian83dc3252009-12-09 19:05:56 +00003160 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003161
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003162 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00003163 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003164 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003165 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
3166 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003167 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003168 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003169 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003170 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003171
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003172 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
3173 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3174
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003175 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003176}
3177
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003178static Sema::OwningExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(Sema &SemaRef,
3179 SourceLocation NameLoc,
3180 Sema::ExprArg MemExpr) {
3181 Expr *E = (Expr *) MemExpr.get();
3182 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc = SemaRef.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NameLoc);
3183 SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
Douglas Gregor2d1c2142009-11-03 19:44:04 +00003184 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
3185 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
3186
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003187 return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0,
3188 move(MemExpr),
3189 /*LPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc,
3190 Sema::MultiExprArg(SemaRef, 0, 0),
3191 /*CommaLocs*/ 0,
3192 /*RPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc);
3193}
3194
3195/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
3196/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3197/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3198/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
3199/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
3200///
3201/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
3202/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
3203/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
3204/// only be called
3205/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
3206/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
3207/// aren't properly put in the context chain
3208Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
3209 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3210 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3211 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3212 UnqualifiedId &Id,
3213 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
3214 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
3215 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
3216 return ExprError();
3217
3218 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
3219
3220 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
3221 DeclarationName Name;
3222 SourceLocation NameLoc;
3223 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
3224 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
3225 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
3226
3227 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
3228
3229 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
3230 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
3231 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
3232
3233 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
3234 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
3235
3236 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3237 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00003238 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003239 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003240 IsArrow, OpLoc,
3241 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3242 Name, NameLoc,
3243 TemplateArgs);
3244 } else {
3245 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
3246 if (TemplateArgs) {
3247 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
3248 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
3249 } else {
3250 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003251 SS, ObjCImpDecl);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003252
3253 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
3254 Owned(Base);
3255 return ExprError();
3256 }
3257
3258 if (Result.get()) {
3259 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
3260 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
3261 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
3262 // call now.
3263 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
3264 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
3265 return DiagnoseDtorReference(*this, NameLoc, move(Result));
3266
3267 return move(Result);
3268 }
3269 }
3270
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003271 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003272 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3273 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003274 }
3275
3276 return move(Result);
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003277}
3278
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003279Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3280 FunctionDecl *FD,
3281 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
3282 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
3283 Diag (CallLoc,
3284 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
3285 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003286 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003287 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
3288 } else {
3289 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
3290 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
3291
3292 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor525f96c2010-02-05 07:33:43 +00003293 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList
3294 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, 0, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
Anders Carlsson25cae7f2009-09-05 05:14:19 +00003295
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003296 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
3297 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003298 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003299
John McCallce3ff2b2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00003300 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003301 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003302 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003303
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003304 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
3305 InitializedEntity Entity
3306 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param);
3307 InitializationKind Kind
3308 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
3309 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
3310 Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3311
3312 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1);
3313 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3314 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&ResultE, 1));
3315 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003316 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003317
3318 // Build the default argument expression.
Douglas Gregor036aed12009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003319 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param,
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003320 Result.takeAs<Expr>()));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003321 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003322
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003323 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3324 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3325 // be properly destroyed.
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003326 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
3327 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
Anders Carlsson337cba42009-12-15 19:16:31 +00003328 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i)
3329 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003330 }
3331
3332 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Douglas Gregor036aed12009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003333 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003334}
3335
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003336/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3337/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3338/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3339/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3340/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3341/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003342bool
3343Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003344 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003345 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003346 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3347 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003348 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003349 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3350 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003351 bool Invalid = false;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003352
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003353 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3354 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3355 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3356 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
3357 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3358 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003359 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003360 }
3361
3362 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3363 // them.
3364 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3365 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3366 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3367 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3368 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
3369 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3370 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3371 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003372 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003373 return true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003374 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003375 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003376 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003377 VariadicCallType CallType =
3378 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3379 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3380 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
3381 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
3382 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003383 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian2fe168f2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00003384 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003385 if (Invalid)
3386 return true;
3387 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3388 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3389 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
3390
3391 return false;
3392}
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003393
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003394bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3395 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3396 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3397 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3398 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3399 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003400 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003401 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3402 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3403 bool Invalid = false;
3404 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3405 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3406 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3407 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003408 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003409 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003410 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003411
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003412 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003413 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3414 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
3415
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003416 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3417 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003418 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003419 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003420 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003421
Douglas Gregora188ff22009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003422 // Pass the argument
3423 ParmVarDecl *Param = 0;
3424 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
3425 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Douglas Gregoraa037312009-12-22 07:24:36 +00003426
Douglas Gregora188ff22009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003427
3428 InitializedEntity Entity =
3429 Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param)
3430 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(ProtoArgType);
3431 OwningExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3432 SourceLocation(),
3433 Owned(Arg));
3434 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3435 return true;
3436
3437 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003438 } else {
Anders Carlssoned961f92009-08-25 02:29:20 +00003439 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003440
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003441 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003442 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003443 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3444 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003445
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003446 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003447 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003448 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003449 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003450
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003451 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003452 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003453 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003454 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003455 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00003456 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003457 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003458 }
3459 }
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003460 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003461}
3462
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003463/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003464/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3465/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003466Action::OwningExprResult
3467Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3468 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003469 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003470 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003471
3472 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3473 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003474
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003475 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003476 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00003477 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003478
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003479 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003480 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3481 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3482 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3483 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3484 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
3485 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
3486 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3487 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003488
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003489 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3490 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003491
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003492 NumArgs = 0;
3493 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003494
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003495 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3496 RParenLoc));
3497 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003498
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003499 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003500 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003501 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3502 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003503 bool Dependent = false;
3504 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3505 Dependent = true;
3506 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3507 Dependent = true;
3508
3509 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003510 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003511 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3512
3513 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3514 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3515 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3516 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3517
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003518 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3519
3520 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3521 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3522 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3523 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3524 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3525 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3526 // method template.
3527 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
3528 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin()));
Douglas Gregor958aeb02009-12-01 03:34:29 +00003529 (void)MemE;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003530
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003531 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3532 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003533 }
3534
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003535 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003536 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003537 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003538 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003539 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3540 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003541 }
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003542
3543 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003544 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003545 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3546 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003547 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
3548 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3549 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003550
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003551 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3552 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
3553 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3554 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003555
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003556 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3557 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3558 TheCall.get(), 0))
3559 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8d6d90d2009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003560
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003561 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
3562 RParenLoc))
3563 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003564
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003565 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3566 }
3567 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
3568 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3569 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003570 }
3571 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003572 }
3573
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003574 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003575 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003576 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003577
Eli Friedmanefa42f72009-12-26 03:35:45 +00003578 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003579 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3580 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn);
3581 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3582 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003583 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003584
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003585 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
3586 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
3587 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
3588
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003589 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
3590}
3591
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003592/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
3593/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003594/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
3595/// block-pointer type.
3596///
3597/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
3598Sema::OwningExprResult
3599Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3600 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3601 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3602 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3603 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
3604
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003605 // Promote the function operand.
3606 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3607
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003608 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3609 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003610 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3611 Args, NumArgs,
3612 Context.BoolTy,
3613 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003614
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003615 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3616 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3617 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3618 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003619 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003620 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003621 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3622 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003623 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003624 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003625 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003626 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003627 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003628 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003629 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3630 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3631
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003632 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003633 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
3634 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3635 FDecl))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003636 return ExprError();
3637
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003638 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003639 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003640
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003641 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003642 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003643 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003644 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003645 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003646 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003647
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003648 if (FDecl) {
3649 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3650 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3651 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003652 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003653 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003654 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003655 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3656 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3657 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3658 }
3659 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003660 }
3661
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003662 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003663 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3664 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3665 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003666 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3667 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003668 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3669 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003670 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003671 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003672 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003673 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003674
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003675 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3676 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003677 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3678 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003679
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003680 // Check for sentinels
3681 if (NDecl)
3682 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003683
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003684 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003685 if (FDecl) {
3686 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3687 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003688
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003689 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003690 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3691 } else if (NDecl) {
3692 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3693 return ExprError();
3694 }
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003695
Anders Carlssonec74c592009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003696 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003697}
3698
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003699Action::OwningExprResult
3700Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3701 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003702 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003703 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003704 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003705
3706 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3707 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
3708 if (!TInfo)
3709 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
3710
3711 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(InitExpr));
3712}
3713
3714Action::OwningExprResult
3715Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3716 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
3717 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003718 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003719
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003720 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003721 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003722 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3723 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003724 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3725 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003726 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003727 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003728 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003729 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003730
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003731 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregord6542d82009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003732 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType);
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003733 InitializationKind Kind
3734 = InitializationKind::CreateCast(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
3735 /*IsCStyleCast=*/true);
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003736 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1);
3737 OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3738 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&literalExpr, 1),
3739 &literalType);
3740 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003741 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003742 InitExpr.release();
3743 literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Result.get());
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003744
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003745 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003746 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003747 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003748 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003749 }
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003750
3751 Result.release();
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003752
John McCall1d7d8d62010-01-19 22:33:45 +00003753 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003754 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003755}
3756
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003757Action::OwningExprResult
3758Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003759 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3760 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3761 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003762
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003763 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003764 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003765
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003766 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003767 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003768 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003769 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003770}
3771
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003772static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3773 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003774 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003775 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3776
3777 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3778 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Fariborz Jahaniana7fa7cd2009-12-15 21:34:52 +00003779 return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ?
3780 CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast :
3781 CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003782 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3783 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3784 }
3785
3786 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3787 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3788 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3789 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3790 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3791 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3792 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3793 }
3794
3795 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3796 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3797 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3798 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3799 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3800 }
3801
3802 // FIXME: Assert here.
3803 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3804 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3805}
3806
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003807/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003808bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003809 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003810 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3811 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003812 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003813 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3814 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003815
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00003816 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003817
3818 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3819 // type needs to be scalar.
3820 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3821 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonebeaf202009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003822 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3823 return false;
3824 }
3825
3826 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003827 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003828 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3829 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003830 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003831 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3832 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003833 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003834 return false;
3835 }
3836
3837 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003838 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003839 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003840 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003841 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003842 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003843 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
3844 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003845 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3846 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3847 break;
3848 }
3849 }
3850 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3851 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3852 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003853 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003854 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003855 }
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003856
3857 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3858 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3859 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3860 }
3861
3862 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3863 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003864 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3865 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003866 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003867 }
3868
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003869 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3870 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3871
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003872 if (castType->isVectorType())
3873 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3874 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3875 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3876
3877 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003878 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003879
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003880 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3881 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3882
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003883 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003884 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3885 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3886 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3887 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3888 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3889 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3890 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3891 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3892 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3893 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003894 }
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003895
3896 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003897 return false;
3898}
3899
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003900bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3901 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003902 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003903
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003904 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003905 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003906 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003907 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003908 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003909 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003910 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003911 } else
3912 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003913 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003914 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003915
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003916 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003917 return false;
3918}
3919
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003920bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3921 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003922 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003923
3924 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3925
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003926 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3927 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003928 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3929 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3930 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3931 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003932 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003933 return false;
3934 }
3935
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003936 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003937 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3938 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003939 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3940 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3941 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3942 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003943
3944 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3945 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3946 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003947
3948 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003949 return false;
3950}
3951
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003952Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003953Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003954 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3955 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3956 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003957
John McCall9d125032010-01-15 18:39:57 +00003958 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo;
3959 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &castTInfo);
3960 if (!castTInfo)
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003961 castTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(castType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003962
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003963 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003964 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003965 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003966 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),
3967 castTInfo);
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003968
3969 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
3970}
3971
3972Action::OwningExprResult
3973Sema::BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3974 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3975 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.get());
3976
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003977 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003978 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3979 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), Ty->getType(), castExpr,
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003980 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003981 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003982
3983 if (Method) {
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003984 // FIXME: preserve type source info here
3985 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, Ty->getType(),
3986 Kind, Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003987
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003988 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3989 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003990
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003991 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3992 } else {
3993 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian31976592009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003994 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003995
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003996 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(Ty->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
3997 Kind, castExpr, Ty,
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003998 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003999}
4000
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004001/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
4002/// of comma binary operators.
4003Action::OwningExprResult
4004Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
4005 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
4006 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
4007 if (!E)
4008 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004009
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004010 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004011
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004012 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
4013 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
4014 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004015
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004016 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
4017}
4018
4019Action::OwningExprResult
4020Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4021 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004022 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004023 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004024 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004025
4026 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004027 // then handle it as such.
4028 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
4029 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
4030 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
4031 return ExprError();
4032 }
4033
4034 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
4035 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
4036 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
4037
4038 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
4039 // braces instead of the original commas.
4040 Op.release();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004041 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004042 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
4043 E->setType(Ty);
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004044 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Owned(E));
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004045 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004046 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004047 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
4048 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004049 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004050 }
4051}
4052
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004053Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004054 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004055 MultiExprArg Val,
4056 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004057 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
4058 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004059 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
4060 Expr *expr;
4061 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
4062 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
4063 else
4064 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004065 return Owned(expr);
4066}
4067
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004068/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
4069/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00004070/// C99 6.5.15
4071QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4072 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004073 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
4074 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4075 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
4076
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004077 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
4078
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004079 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
4080 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
4081 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
4082 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
4083 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4084 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004085
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004086 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004087 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
4088 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
4089 << CondTy;
4090 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004091 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004092
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004093 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004094 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
4095 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004096
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004097 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
4098 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004099 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
4100 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
4101 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004102 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004103
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004104 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
4105 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004106 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
4107 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004108 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004109 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004110 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004111 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004112 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004113 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004114
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004115 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004116 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004117 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
4118 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
4119 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4120 << RHS->getSourceRange();
4121 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
4122 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4123 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004124 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
4125 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00004126 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004127 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004128 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
4129 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004130 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004131 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004132 // promote the null to a pointer.
4133 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004134 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004135 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004136 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004137 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004138 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004139 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004140 }
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004141
4142 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
4143 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
4144 QuestionLoc);
4145 if (!compositeType.isNull())
4146 return compositeType;
4147
4148
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004149 // Handle block pointer types.
4150 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4151 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4152 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4153 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004154 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4155 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004156 return destType;
4157 }
4158 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004159 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004160 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004161 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004162 // We have 2 block pointer types.
4163 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4164 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004165 return LHSTy;
4166 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004167 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004168 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4169 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004170
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004171 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4172 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004173 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004174 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004175 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4176 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4177 // to get a consistent AST.
4178 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004179 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4180 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004181 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004182 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004183 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004184 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4185 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00004186 return LHSTy;
4187 }
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004188
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004189 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
4190 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
4191 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004192 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4193 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004194
4195 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
4196 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
4197 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004198 QualType destPointee
4199 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004200 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004201 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4202 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4203 // Promote to void*.
4204 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004205 return destType;
4206 }
4207 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004208 QualType destPointee
4209 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004210 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004211 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004212 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004213 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004214 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004215 return destType;
4216 }
4217
4218 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4219 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
4220 return LHSTy;
4221 }
4222 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4223 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4224 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
4225 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4226 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4227 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4228 // to get a consistent AST.
4229 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004230 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4231 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004232 return incompatTy;
4233 }
4234 // The pointer types are compatible.
4235 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
4236 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
4237 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
4238 // type.
4239 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
4240 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004241 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4242 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004243 return LHSTy;
4244 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004245
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004246 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
4247 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4248 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4249 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004250 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004251 return RHSTy;
4252 }
4253 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4254 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4255 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004256 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004257 return LHSTy;
4258 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00004259
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004260 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004261 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4262 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004263 return QualType();
4264}
4265
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004266/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
4267/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
4268QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4269 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4270 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4271 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
4272
4273 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
4274 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
4275 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
4276 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4277 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4278 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4279 return LHSTy;
4280 }
4281 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4282 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4283 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4284 return RHSTy;
4285 }
4286 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
4287 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4288 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4289 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4290 return LHSTy;
4291 }
4292 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4293 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4294 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4295 return RHSTy;
4296 }
4297 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
4298 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
4299 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4300 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4301 return LHSTy;
4302 }
4303 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
4304 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4305 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4306 return RHSTy;
4307 }
4308 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
4309 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4310
4311 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4312 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
4313 return LHSTy;
4314 }
4315 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4316 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4317 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
4318
4319 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
4320 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
4321 // type. This allows
4322 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
4323 // where B is a subclass of A.
4324 //
4325 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
4326 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
4327 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
4328 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
4329
4330 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
4331 // It could return the composite type.
4332 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
4333 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
4334 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
4335 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
4336 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
4337 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
4338 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
4339 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
4340 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
4341 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
4342 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
4343 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4344 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
4345 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4346 } else if (!(compositeType =
4347 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
4348 ;
4349 else {
4350 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4351 << LHSTy << RHSTy
4352 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4353 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
4354 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4355 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4356 return incompatTy;
4357 }
4358 // The object pointer types are compatible.
4359 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4360 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4361 return compositeType;
4362 }
4363 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
4364 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4365 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4366 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4367 QualType destPointee
4368 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
4369 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4370 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4371 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4372 // Promote to void*.
4373 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4374 return destType;
4375 }
4376 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4377 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4378 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4379 QualType destPointee
4380 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
4381 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4382 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4383 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4384 // Promote to void*.
4385 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4386 return destType;
4387 }
4388 return QualType();
4389}
4390
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004391/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004392/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004393Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4394 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4395 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
4396 ExprArg RHS) {
4397 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
4398 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004399
4400 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
4401 // was the condition.
4402 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
4403 if (isLHSNull)
4404 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004405
4406 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00004407 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004408 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004409 return ExprError();
4410
4411 Cond.release();
4412 LHS.release();
4413 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004414 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004415 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004416 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004417}
4418
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004419// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004420// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004421// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
4422// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
4423// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004424Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004425Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
4426 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004427
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004428 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4429 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4430 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4431 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4432 return Compatible;
4433 }
4434
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004435 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004436 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4437 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004438
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004439 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004440 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4441 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004442
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004443 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004444
4445 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
4446 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
4447 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00004448 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004449 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004450 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004451
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004452 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
4453 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004454 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004455 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004456 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004457 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004458
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004459 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004460 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
4461 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004462 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004463
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004464 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004465 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004466 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004467
4468 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004469 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
4470 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004471 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004472 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004473 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004474 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4475 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4476 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
4477 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
4478 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
4479 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004480 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004481 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004482 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004483 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004484
4485 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004486 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004487 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004488 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004489
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004490 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
4491 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
4492 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
4493 // warning can be disabled.
4494 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
4495 return ConvTy;
4496 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4497 }
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004498
4499 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4500 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4501 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4502 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4503 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4504 do {
4505 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4506 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4507
4508 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4509 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4510 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
4511
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004512 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004513 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004514 }
4515
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004516 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004517 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004518 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004519 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004520}
4521
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004522/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4523/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4524/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4525// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004526Sema::AssignConvertType
4527Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004528 QualType rhsType) {
4529 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004530
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004531 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004532 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4533 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004534
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004535 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4536 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4537 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004538
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004539 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004540
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004541 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004542 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004543 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004544
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004545 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004546 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004547 return ConvTy;
4548}
4549
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004550/// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
4551/// for assignment compatibility.
4552Sema::AssignConvertType
4553Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
4554 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
4555 return Compatible;
4556 QualType lhptee =
4557 lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4558 QualType rhptee =
4559 rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4560 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4561 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4562 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4563 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
4564 return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
4565
4566 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4567 return Compatible;
4568 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4569 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
4570 return IncompatiblePointer;
4571}
4572
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004573/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4574/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004575/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4576///
4577/// int a, *pint;
4578/// short *pshort;
4579/// struct foo *pfoo;
4580///
4581/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4582/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4583/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4584/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4585///
4586/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004587/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004588///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004589Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004590Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004591 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4592 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004593 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4594 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004595
4596 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004597 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004598
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004599 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4600 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4601 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4602 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4603 return Compatible;
4604 }
4605
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004606 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4607 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4608 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4609 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4610 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4611 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4612 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004613 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004614 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004615 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004616 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004617 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004618 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4619 // to the same ExtVector type.
4620 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4621 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4622 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4623 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4624 return Compatible;
4625 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004626
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004627 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004628 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004629 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004630 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004631 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4632 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004633 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004634 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004635 }
4636 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004637 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004638
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004639 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004640 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004641
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004642 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004643 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004644 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004645
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004646 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004647 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004648
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004649 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004650 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004651 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4652 return Compatible;
4653 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004654 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004655 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4656 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004657 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004658
4659 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004660 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004661 return Compatible;
4662 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004663 return Incompatible;
4664 }
4665
4666 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4667 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004668 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004669
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004670 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004671 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004672 return Compatible;
4673
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004674 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4675 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004676
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004677 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004678 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004679 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004680 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004681 return Incompatible;
4682 }
4683
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004684 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4685 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4686 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004687
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004688 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004689 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004690 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4691 return Compatible;
4692 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004693 }
4694 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004695 return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004696 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004697 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004698 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4699 return Compatible;
4700 }
4701 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4702 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4703 return Compatible;
4704 return Incompatible;
4705 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004706 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004707 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004708 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4709 return Compatible;
4710
4711 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004712 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004713
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004714 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004715 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004716
4717 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004718 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004719 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004720 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004721 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004722 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4723 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4724 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4725 return Compatible;
4726
4727 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4728 return PointerToInt;
4729
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004730 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004731 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004732 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4733 return Compatible;
4734 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004735 }
4736 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004737 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004738 return Compatible;
4739 return Incompatible;
4740 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004741
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004742 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004743 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004744 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004745 }
4746 return Incompatible;
4747}
4748
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004749/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4750/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004751static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004752 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4753 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4754 // of the transparent union.
4755 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
4756 &E, 1,
4757 SourceLocation());
4758 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4759 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4760
4761 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4762 // union type from this initializer list.
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004763 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
John McCall1d7d8d62010-01-19 22:33:45 +00004764 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004765 Initializer, false);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004766}
4767
4768Sema::AssignConvertType
4769Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4770 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4771
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004772 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004773 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4774 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004775 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004776 return Incompatible;
4777
4778 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4779 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4780 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4781 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004782 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4783 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004784 it != itend; ++it) {
4785 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4786 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4787 // 1) void pointer
4788 // 2) null pointer constant
4789 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004790 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004791 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004792 InitField = *it;
4793 break;
4794 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004795
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004796 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4797 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004798 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004799 InitField = *it;
4800 break;
4801 }
4802 }
4803
4804 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4805 == Compatible) {
4806 InitField = *it;
4807 break;
4808 }
4809 }
4810
4811 if (!InitField)
4812 return Incompatible;
4813
4814 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4815 return Compatible;
4816}
4817
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004818Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004819Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004820 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4821 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4822 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4823 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4824 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004825 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00004826 AA_Assigning))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004827 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004828 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004829 }
4830
4831 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4832 // structures.
4833 }
4834
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004835 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4836 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004837 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4838 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004839 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004840 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4841 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004842 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004843 return Compatible;
4844 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004845
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004846 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004847 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004848 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004849 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004850 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004851 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004852 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00004853 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004854
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004855 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4856 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004857
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004858 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4859 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004860 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4861 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4862 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4863 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004864 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004865 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4866 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004867 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004868}
4869
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004870QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004871 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004872 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004873 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004874 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004875}
4876
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004877QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004878 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004879 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004880 QualType lhsType =
4881 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4882 QualType rhsType =
4883 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004884
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004885 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004886 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004887 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004888
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004889 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4890 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004891 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4892 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004893 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4894 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004895 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004896 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004897 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004898 }
4899 }
4900 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004901
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004902 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4903 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4904 bool swapped = false;
4905 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4906 swapped = true;
4907 std::swap(rex, lex);
4908 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4909 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004910
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004911 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004912 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004913 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4914 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4915 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004916 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004917 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4918 return lhsType;
4919 }
4920 }
4921 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4922 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4923 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004924 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004925 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4926 return lhsType;
4927 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004928 }
4929 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004930
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004931 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004932 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004933 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004934 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004935 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004936}
4937
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004938QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
4939 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign, bool isDiv) {
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004940 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004941 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004942
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004943 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004944
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004945 if (!lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() ||
4946 !rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4947 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4948
4949 // Check for division by zero.
4950 if (isDiv &&
4951 rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Chris Lattnercb329c52010-01-12 21:30:55 +00004952 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero)
4953 << rex->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004954
4955 return compType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004956}
4957
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004958QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004959 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004960 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4961 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4962 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4963 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4964 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004965
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004966 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004967
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004968 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4969 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4970
4971 // Check for remainder by zero.
4972 if (rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Chris Lattnercb329c52010-01-12 21:30:55 +00004973 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero)
4974 << rex->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004975
4976 return compType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004977}
4978
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004979QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004980 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004981 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4982 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4983 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4984 return compType;
4985 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004986
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004987 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004988
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004989 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004990 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4991 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4992 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004993 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004994 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004995
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004996 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4997 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004998 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004999 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
5000
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005001 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005002
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005003 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005004 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005005
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005006 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
5007 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005008 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5009 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00005010 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005011 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005012 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005013
5014 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5015 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5016 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005017 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005018 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5019 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5020 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
5021 return QualType();
5022 }
5023
5024 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5025 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
5026 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005027 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005028 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005029 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005030 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005031 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
5032 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005033 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
5034 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005035 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005036 return QualType();
5037 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005038 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5039 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5040 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5041 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
5042 return QualType();
5043 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005044
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005045 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005046 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5047 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5048 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5049 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5050 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005051 }
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005052 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
5053 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005054 return PExp->getType();
5055 }
5056 }
5057
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005058 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005059}
5060
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005061// C99 6.5.6
5062QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005063 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
5064 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5065 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5066 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
5067 return compType;
5068 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005069
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005070 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005071
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005072 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005073
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005074 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005075 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
5076 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005077 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005078 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005079 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005080
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005081 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005082 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00005083 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005084
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005085 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005086
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005087 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
5088 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
5089 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
5090 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5091 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5092 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5093 return QualType();
5094 }
5095
5096 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5097 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5098 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5099 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5100 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005101 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005102 return QualType();
5103 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005104
5105 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5106 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
5107 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005108 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005109 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005110 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005111 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005112 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005113
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005114 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5115 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5116 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5117 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
5118 return QualType();
5119 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005120
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005121 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005122 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
5123 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5124 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5125 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5126 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5127 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005128 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005129 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
5130
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005131 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005132 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005133 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005134
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005135 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005136 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00005137 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005138
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005139 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
5140 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
5141 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
5142 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5143 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5144 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5145 return QualType();
5146 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005147
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005148 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5149 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5150 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5151 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005152 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005153 return QualType();
5154 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005155
5156 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5157 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
5158 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
5159 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
5160 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005161 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
5162 << rex->getSourceRange()
5163 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005164 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005165
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00005166 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5167 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
5168 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
5169 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5170 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5171 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5172 return QualType();
5173 }
5174 } else {
5175 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
5176 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
5177 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
5178 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
5179 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5180 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5181 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5182 return QualType();
5183 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005184 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005185
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005186 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5187 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5188 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5189 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5190 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005191 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005192 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005193
5194 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005195 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
5196 }
5197 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005198
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005199 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005200}
5201
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005202// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005203QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005204 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005205 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
5206 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005207 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005208
Nate Begeman2207d792009-10-25 02:26:48 +00005209 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
5210 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
5211 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5212
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005213 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
5214 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005215 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5216 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5217 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5218 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5219 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005220 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00005221 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005222 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005223
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005224 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005225
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005226 // Sanity-check shift operands
5227 llvm::APSInt Right;
5228 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar3f180c62009-09-17 06:31:27 +00005229 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
5230 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn8045c732009-08-08 19:18:23 +00005231 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005232 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
5233 else {
5234 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
5235 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
5236 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
5237 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
5238 }
5239 }
5240
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005241 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005242 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005243}
5244
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005245// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005246QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005247 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
5248 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
5249
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005250 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005251 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005252 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005253
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005254 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
5255 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005256
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005257 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00005258 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5259 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
5260 else {
5261 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5262 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
5263 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005264 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5265 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005266
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005267 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
5268 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005269 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5270 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5271 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005272 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00005273 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005274 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
5275 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
5276 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
5277 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00005278 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
5279 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005280 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005281
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005282 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
5283 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
5284 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
5285 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005286
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005287 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
5288 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005289 Expr *literalString = 0;
5290 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005291 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005292 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5293 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005294 literalString = lex;
5295 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005296 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
5297 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005298 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5299 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005300 literalString = rex;
5301 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
5302 }
5303
5304 if (literalString) {
5305 std::string resultComparison;
5306 switch (Opc) {
5307 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
5308 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
5309 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
5310 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
5311 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
5312 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
5313 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
5314 }
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005315
5316 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc,
5317 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
5318 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
5319 << literalString->getSourceRange()
5320 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
5321 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
5322 "strcmp(")
5323 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
5324 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
5325 resultComparison));
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005326 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00005327 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005328
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005329 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005330 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005331
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005332 if (isRelational) {
5333 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005334 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005335 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00005336 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005337 if (lType->isFloatingType() && rType->isFloatingType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005338 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005339
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005340 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005341 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005342 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005343
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005344 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5345 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
5346 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5347 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005348
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005349 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
5350 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
5351 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00005352 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005353 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005354 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005355 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005356 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005357
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005358 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005359 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
5360 return ResultTy;
Fariborz Jahanian51874dd2009-12-21 18:19:17 +00005361 if (!isRelational &&
5362 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5363 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5364 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
5365 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5366 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5367 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5368 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5369 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5370 return ResultTy;
5371 }
5372 }
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005373 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
5374 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
5375 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
5376 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
5377 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
5378 //
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005379 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005380 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorde866f32009-05-05 04:50:50 +00005381 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005382 if (T.isNull()) {
5383 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5384 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5385 return QualType();
5386 }
5387
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005388 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5389 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005390 return ResultTy;
5391 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005392 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
5393 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
5394 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
5395 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
5396 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
5397 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
5398 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5399 }
5400 } else if (!isRelational &&
5401 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5402 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5403 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5404 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5405 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5406 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5407 }
5408 } else {
5409 // Invalid
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005410 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005411 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005412 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005413 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005414 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005415 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005416 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005417
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005418 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005419 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005420 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005421 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005422 (lType->isPointerType() ||
5423 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005424 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005425 return ResultTy;
5426 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005427 if (LHSIsNull &&
5428 (rType->isPointerType() ||
5429 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005430 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005431 return ResultTy;
5432 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005433
5434 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005435 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005436 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
5437 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005438 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
5439 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
5440 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
5441 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
5442 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
5443 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
5444 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
5445 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005446 // types.
5447 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
5448 if (T.isNull()) {
5449 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5450 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5451 return QualType();
5452 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005453
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005454 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5455 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005456 return ResultTy;
5457 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005458
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005459 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005460 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
5461 return ResultTy;
5462 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005463
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005464 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005465 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005466 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5467 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005468
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005469 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005470 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005471 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005472 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005473 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005474 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005475 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005476 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005477 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005478 if (!isRelational
5479 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5480 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005481 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005482 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005483 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005484 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005485 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5486 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5487 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005488 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005489 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005490 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005491 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005492
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005493 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005494 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005495 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5496 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005497 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005498 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005499 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005500 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005501
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005502 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5503 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005504 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005505 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005506 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005507 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005508 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005509 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005510 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005511 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005512 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5513 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005514 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005515 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005516 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005517 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005518 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005519 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5520 if (RHSIsNull) {
5521 if (isRelational)
5522 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5523 } else if (isRelational)
5524 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5525 else
5526 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005527
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005528 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005529 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005530 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005531 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005532 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005533 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005534 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005535 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005536 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5537 if (LHSIsNull) {
5538 if (isRelational)
5539 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5540 } else if (isRelational)
5541 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5542 else
5543 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005544
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005545 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005546 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005547 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005548 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005549 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005550 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005551 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005552 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005553 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5554 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005555 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005556 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005557 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005558 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5559 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005560 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005561 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005562 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005563 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005564}
5565
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005566/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005567/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005568/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5569/// types.
5570QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005571 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005572 bool isRelational) {
5573 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5574 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005575 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005576 if (vType.isNull())
5577 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005578
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005579 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5580 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005581
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005582 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5583 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5584 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5585 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5586 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5587 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5588 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005589 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005590 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005591
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005592 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5593 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5594 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005595 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005596 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005597
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005598 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5599 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5600 // elements for floating point vectors.
5601 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5602 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005603
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005604 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005605 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005606 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005607 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005608 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005609 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5610
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005611 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005612 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005613 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5614}
5615
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005616inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005617 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005618 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005619 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005620
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005621 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005622
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005623 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005624 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005625 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005626}
5627
5628inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005629 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005630 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5631 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5632 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005633
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005634 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5635 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005636
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005637 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005638 }
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005639
5640 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5641 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5642 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5643 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5644 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5645 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5646 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005647
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005648 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005649 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005650 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5651
5652 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5653 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5654 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5655 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5656
5657 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005658 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005659 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5660
5661 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5662 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5663 // The result is a bool.
5664 return Context.BoolTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005665}
5666
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005667/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5668/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5669/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5670///
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005671static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005672 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5673 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5674 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5675 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005676 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005677 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5678 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5679 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5680 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005681 }
5682 }
5683 return false;
5684}
5685
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005686/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5687/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5688static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005689 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005690 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005691 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005692 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5693 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005694 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5695 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005696
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005697 unsigned Diag = 0;
5698 bool NeedType = false;
5699 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
5700 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
5701 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005702 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005703 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5704 NeedType = true;
5705 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005706 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005707 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5708 NeedType = true;
5709 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005710 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005711 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5712 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005713 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005714 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5715 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005716 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5717 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005718 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005719 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
5720 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005721 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005722 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5723 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005724 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005725 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5726 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005727 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5728 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5729 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005730 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5731 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5732 break;
Fariborz Jahanian2514a302009-12-15 23:59:41 +00005733 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
5734 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
5735 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane9ff4432010-02-11 01:11:34 +00005736 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertyGetterSetting:
5737 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_getter_setting;
5738 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005739 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005740
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005741 SourceRange Assign;
5742 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5743 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005744 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005745 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005746 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005747 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005748 return true;
5749}
5750
5751
5752
5753// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005754QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5755 SourceLocation Loc,
5756 QualType CompoundType) {
5757 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5758 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005759 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005760
5761 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5762 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005763
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005764 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005765 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005766 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005767 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005768 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5769 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5770 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005771 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005772 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005773 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005774 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005775
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005776 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5777 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5778 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005779 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005780 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5781 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5782 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5783 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5784 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005785 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005786 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005787 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5788 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5789 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005790 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5791 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005792 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5793 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5794 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005795 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005796 }
5797 } else {
5798 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005799 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005800 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005801
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005802 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005803 RHS, AA_Assigning))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005804 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005805
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005806 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5807 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005808 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005809 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5810 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005811 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005812 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005813 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005814}
5815
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005816// C99 6.5.17
5817QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005818 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00005819 // C++ does not perform this conversion (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
5820 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
5821 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005822
5823 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5824 // incomplete in C++).
5825
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005826 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005827}
5828
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005829/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5830/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005831QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5832 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005833 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5834 return Context.DependentTy;
5835
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005836 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5837 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005838
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005839 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5840 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5841 if (!isInc) {
5842 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5843 return QualType();
5844 }
5845 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5846 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5847 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005848 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005849 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5850 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005851
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005852 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005853 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005854 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5855 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5856 << Op->getSourceRange();
5857 return QualType();
5858 }
5859
5860 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005861 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005862 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005863 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5864 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5865 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5866 return QualType();
5867 }
5868
5869 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005870 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005871 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005872 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005873 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005874 << ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005875 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005876 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5877 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5878 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5879 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5880 return QualType();
5881 }
Eli Friedman5b088a12010-01-03 00:20:48 +00005882 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005883 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5884 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005885 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005886 } else {
5887 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Douglas Gregor5cc07df2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00005888 << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005889 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005890 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005891 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005892 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005893 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005894 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005895 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005896}
5897
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005898/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005899/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005900/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5901/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5902/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5903/// - &(x) => x
5904/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5905/// - &s.xx => s
5906/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5907/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5908/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5909/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005910static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005911 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005912 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005913 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005914 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005915 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5916 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5917 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005918 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005919 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005920 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005921 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005922 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005923 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5924 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005925 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5926 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5927 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5928 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5929 }
5930 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005931 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005932 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5933 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005934
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005935 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005936 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5937 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5938 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5939 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5940 default:
5941 return 0;
5942 }
5943 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005944 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005945 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005946 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005947 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5948 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005949 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005950 default:
5951 return 0;
5952 }
5953}
5954
5955/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005956/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005957/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005958/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005959/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005960/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005961/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005962QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005963 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5964 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5965
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005966 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5967 return Context.DependentTy;
5968
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005969 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5970 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5971 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5972 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5973 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5974 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5975 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5976 }
5977 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5978 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5979 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005980 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005981 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005982
Sebastian Redle27d87f2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00005983 MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op);
5984 if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction && ME &&
5985 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
5986 ValueDecl *dcl = cast<MemberExpr>(op)->getMemberDecl();
5987 // &f where f is a member of the current object, or &o.f, or &p->f
5988 // All these are not allowed, and we need to catch them before the dcl
5989 // branch of the if, below.
5990 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
5991 << dcl;
5992 // FIXME: Improve this diagnostic and provide a fixit.
5993
5994 // Now recover by acting as if the function had been accessed qualified.
5995 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5996 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(dcl->getDeclContext()))
5997 .getTypePtr());
5998 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005999 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006000 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006001 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00006002 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006003 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
6004 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006005 return QualType();
6006 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00006007 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006008 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
6009 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6010 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00006011 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson09380262010-01-31 17:18:49 +00006012 } else if (op->refersToVectorElement()) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006013 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006014 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00006015 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006016 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00006017 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
6018 // cannot take address of a property expression.
6019 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6020 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
6021 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson1d524c32009-09-14 23:15:26 +00006022 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
6023 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson474e1022009-09-15 16:03:44 +00006024 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
6025 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006026 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
6027 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006028 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006029 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006030 // with the register storage-class specifier.
6031 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
6032 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006033 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6034 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006035 return QualType();
6036 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006037 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006038 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006039 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00006040 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006041 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
6042 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006043 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006044 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006045 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
6046 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006047 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006048 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
6049 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
6050 return QualType();
6051 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006052
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006053 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6054 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006055 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006056 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006057 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00006058 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006059 // As above.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006060 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
6061 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006062 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6063 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
6064 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006065 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006066 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006067
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006068 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
6069 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
6070 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
6071 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
6072 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
6073 }
6074
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006075 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
6076 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
6077}
6078
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006079QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006080 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
6081 return Context.DependentTy;
6082
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006083 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
6084 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006085
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006086 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
6087 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
6088 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
6089 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006090 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00006091 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006092
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006093 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanian16b10372009-09-03 00:43:07 +00006094 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006095
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006096 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006097 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006098 return QualType();
6099}
6100
6101static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
6102 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6103 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6104 switch (Kind) {
6105 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006106 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
6107 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006108 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
6109 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
6110 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
6111 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
6112 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
6113 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
6114 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
6115 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
6116 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
6117 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
6118 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
6119 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
6120 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
6121 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
6122 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
6123 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
6124 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
6125 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
6126 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
6127 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
6128 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
6129 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
6130 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
6131 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
6132 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
6133 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
6134 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
6135 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
6136 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
6137 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
6138 }
6139 return Opc;
6140}
6141
6142static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
6143 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6144 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6145 switch (Kind) {
6146 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
6147 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
6148 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
6149 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
6150 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
6151 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
6152 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
6153 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
6154 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006155 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
6156 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
6157 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
6158 }
6159 return Opc;
6160}
6161
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006162/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
6163/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
6164/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006165Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6166 unsigned Op,
6167 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006168 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006169 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006170 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
6171 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
6172 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006173
6174 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006175 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
6176 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
6177 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006178 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
6179 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
6180 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
6181 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
6182 break;
6183 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006184 case BinaryOperator::Div:
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006185 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false,
6186 Opc == BinaryOperator::Div);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006187 break;
6188 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
6189 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6190 break;
6191 case BinaryOperator::Add:
6192 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6193 break;
6194 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
6195 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6196 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006197 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006198 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
6199 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6200 break;
6201 case BinaryOperator::LE:
6202 case BinaryOperator::LT:
6203 case BinaryOperator::GE:
6204 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006205 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006206 break;
6207 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
6208 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006209 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006210 break;
6211 case BinaryOperator::And:
6212 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
6213 case BinaryOperator::Or:
6214 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6215 break;
6216 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
6217 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
6218 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6219 break;
6220 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
6221 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006222 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true,
6223 Opc == BinaryOperator::DivAssign);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006224 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6225 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6226 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006227 break;
6228 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006229 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6230 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6231 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6232 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006233 break;
6234 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006235 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6236 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6237 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006238 break;
6239 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006240 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6241 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6242 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006243 break;
6244 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
6245 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006246 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6247 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6248 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6249 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006250 break;
6251 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
6252 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
6253 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006254 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6255 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6256 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6257 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006258 break;
6259 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
6260 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6261 break;
6262 }
6263 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006264 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006265 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006266 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6267 else
6268 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006269 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
6270 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006271}
6272
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006273/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
6274/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006275static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6276 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006277 SourceRange ParenRange,
6278 const PartialDiagnostic &SecondPD = PartialDiagnostic(0),
6279 SourceRange SecondParenRange = SourceRange()) {
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006280 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
6281 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6282 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6283 // warning/error and return.
6284 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
6285 return;
6286 }
6287
6288 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
6289 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6290 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006291
6292 if (!SecondPD.getDiagID())
6293 return;
6294
6295 EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondParenRange.getEnd());
6296 if (!SecondParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6297 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6298 // warning/error and return.
6299 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondPD);
6300 return;
6301 }
6302
6303 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondPD)
6304 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SecondParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6305 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006306}
6307
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006308/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
6309/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
6310/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
6311/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006312static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6313 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006314 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
6315 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
6316 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
6317 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006318 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006319 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006320 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
6321
6322 // Subs are not binary operators.
6323 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
6324 return;
6325
6326 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
6327 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006328 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
6329 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006330 return;
6331
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006332 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006333 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6334 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006335 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
6336 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006337 lhs->getSourceRange(),
6338 PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
6339 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006340 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
6341 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006342 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6343 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006344 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
6345 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006346 rhs->getSourceRange(),
6347 PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
6348 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006349 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006350}
6351
6352/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
6353/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
6354/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
6355static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6356 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006357 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006358 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
6359}
6360
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006361// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006362Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
6363 tok::TokenKind Kind,
6364 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006365 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006366 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006367
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00006368 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
6369 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006370
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006371 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
6372 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
6373
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006374 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
6375}
6376
6377Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6378 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6379 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006380 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006381 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006382 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
6383 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6384 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6385 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6386 // the arguments.
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006387 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006388 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006389 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6390 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
6391 Functions);
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006392
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006393 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
6394 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006395 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006396 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006397
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006398 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006399 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006400}
6401
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006402Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006403 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006404 ExprArg InputArg) {
6405 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006406
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00006407 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006408 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006409 QualType resultType;
6410 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006411 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
6412 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
6413 break;
6414
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006415 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
6416 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006417 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
6418 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006419 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006420 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
6421 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006422 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006423 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006424 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
6425 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006426 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006427 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006428 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
6429 break;
6430 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
6431 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006432 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6433 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006434 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6435 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006436 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
6437 break;
6438 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
6439 resultType->isEnumeralType())
6440 break;
6441 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
6442 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
6443 resultType->isPointerType())
6444 break;
6445
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006446 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6447 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006448 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006449 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6450 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006451 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6452 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006453 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
6454 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
6455 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006456 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006457 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006458 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006459 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6460 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006461 break;
6462 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
6463 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006464 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006465 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006466 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6467 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006468 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006469 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6470 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006471 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006472 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
6473 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006474 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006475 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006476 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00006477 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006478 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006479 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006480 resultType = Input->getType();
6481 break;
6482 }
6483 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006484 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006485
6486 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006487 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006488}
6489
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006490Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6491 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6492 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006493 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlssona8a1e3d2009-11-14 21:26:41 +00006494 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
6495 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006496 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6497 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6498 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6499 // the arguments.
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006500 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006501 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006502 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6503 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
6504 Functions);
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006505
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006506 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6507 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006508
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006509 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6510}
6511
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006512// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6513Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6514 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6515 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6516}
6517
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006518/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006519Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6520 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6521 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006522 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006523 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006524
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006525 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6526 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006527 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006528 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006529
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006530 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006531 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6532 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006533}
6534
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006535Sema::OwningExprResult
6536Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6537 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6538 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006539 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6540 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6541
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006542 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006543 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006544 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006545
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006546 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6547 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6548 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006549
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006550 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6551 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6552 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006553
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006554 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6555 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6556 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6557 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6558 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006559
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006560 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006561 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006562 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006563
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006564 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6565 // expressions are not lvalues.
6566
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006567 substmt.release();
6568 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006569}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006570
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006571Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6572 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6573 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6574 TypeTy *argty,
6575 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6576 unsigned NumComponents,
6577 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6578 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6579 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006580 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6581 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006582 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006583
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006584 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6585
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006586 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6587 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6588 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006589 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006590 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006591
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006592 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6593 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006594
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006595 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6596 // the offsetof designators.
6597 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6598 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006599 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006600 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006601
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006602 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6603 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006604 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6605 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006606 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006607 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6608 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006609
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006610 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006611 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006612
John McCalld00f2002009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006613 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6614 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6615 return ExprError();
6616
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006617 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6618 // leaks like a sieve.
6619 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6620 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6621 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6622 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6623 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6624 if (!AT) {
6625 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006626 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6627 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006628 }
6629
6630 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6631
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006632 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6633 // expression.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006634 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Res);
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006635
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006636 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6637 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006638 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006639 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006640 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006641 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006642 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006643
6644 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6645 OC.LocEnd);
6646 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006647 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006648
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006649 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006650 if (!RC) {
6651 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006652 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6653 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006654 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006655
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006656 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6657 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006658 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00006659 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
6660 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc,
6661 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6662 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6663 << Res->getType()))
6664 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006665 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006666
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006667 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6668 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006669
John McCall1bcee0a2009-12-02 08:25:40 +00006670 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006671 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006672 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006673 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6674 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006675
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006676 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6677 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006678 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006679 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall09b6d0e2009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006680 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006681 } else {
Eli Friedman16c53782009-12-04 07:18:51 +00006682 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Res, MemberDecl);
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006683 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6684 // doesn't matter here.
6685 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6686 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6687 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006688 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006689 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006690
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006691 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6692 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006693}
6694
6695
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006696Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6697 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6698 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006699 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6700 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6701 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006702
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006703 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006704
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006705 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6706 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6707 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6708 return ExprError();
6709 }
6710
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006711 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6712 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006713}
6714
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006715Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6716 ExprArg cond,
6717 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6718 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6719 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6720 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6721 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006722
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006723 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6724
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006725 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006726 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006727 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006728 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006729 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006730 } else {
6731 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6732 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6733 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6734 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006735 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6736 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6737 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006738
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006739 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6740 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006741 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6742 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006743 }
6744
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006745 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6746 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006747 resType, RPLoc,
6748 resType->isDependentType(),
6749 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006750}
6751
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006752//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6753// Clang Extensions.
6754//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6755
6756/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006757void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006758 // Analyze block parameters.
6759 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006760
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006761 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
6762 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
6763 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006764
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006765 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006766 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00006767 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbar1d2154c2009-07-29 01:59:17 +00006768 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006769 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6770 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006771
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006772 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Ted Kremenek3cdff232009-12-07 22:01:30 +00006773 CurContext->addDecl(BSI->TheDecl);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00006774 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006775}
6776
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006777void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006778 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006779
6780 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6781 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006782 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006783 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6784
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006785 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6786 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6787 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6788 return;
6789 }
6790
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006791 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6792 if (!T->isFunctionType())
6793 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
6794
6795 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6796 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006797 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006798 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006799 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006800 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006801 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6802 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006803 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006804
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006805 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6806 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6807 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6808 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6809 return;
6810 }
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006811
6812 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006813 return;
6814 }
6815
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006816 // Analyze arguments to block.
6817 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6818 "Not a function declarator!");
6819 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006820
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006821 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6822 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006823
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006824 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6825 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6826 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6827 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006828 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6829 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006830 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006831 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006832 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
6833 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006834 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006835 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006836 }
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00006837 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006838 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006839 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006840 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006841 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
John McCall7a9813c2010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006842 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI) {
6843 (*AI)->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
6844
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006845 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6846 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
6847 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
John McCall7a9813c2010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006848 }
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006849
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006850 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006851 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006852 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006853 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006854 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006855 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6856 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006857
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006858 // Analyze the return type.
6859 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006860 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006861
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006862 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6863 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6864 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6865 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6866 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006867 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006868}
6869
6870/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6871/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6872void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
6873 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6874 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006875
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006876 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6877
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006878 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006879 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006880 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006881 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006882}
6883
6884/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6885/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006886Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6887 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006888 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6889 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6890 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006891
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006892 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6893 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006894
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006895 PopDeclContext();
6896
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006897 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
6898 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006899
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006900 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006901 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6902 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006903
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006904 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6905 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6906 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006907
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006908 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006909 QualType BlockTy;
6910 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006911 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6912 NoReturn);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006913 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006914 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006915 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6916 NoReturn);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006917
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006918 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006919 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006920 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006921
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006922 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6923 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6924 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6925 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006926
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006927 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stumpa3899eb2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006928
6929 bool Good = true;
6930 // Check goto/label use.
6931 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator
6932 I = BSI->LabelMap.begin(), E = BSI->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6933 LabelStmt *L = I->second;
6934
6935 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto
6936 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.
6937 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0)
6938 continue;
6939
6940 // Emit error.
6941 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName();
6942 Good = false;
6943 }
6944 BSI->LabelMap.clear();
6945 if (!Good)
6946 return ExprError();
6947
Mike Stumpfa6ef182010-01-13 02:59:54 +00006948 AnalysisContext AC(BSI->TheDecl);
6949 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody(), AC);
6950 CheckUnreachable(AC);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006951 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6952 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006953}
6954
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006955Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6956 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6957 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006958 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006959 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6960 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006961
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006962 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006963
6964 // Get the va_list type
6965 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006966 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6967 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6968 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6969 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006970 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006971 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6972 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6973 } else {
6974 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6975 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006976 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006977 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006978 return ExprError();
6979 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006980
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006981 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6982 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006983 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6984 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006985 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006986 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006987
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006988 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006989 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006990
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006991 expr.release();
6992 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6993 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006994}
6995
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006996Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006997 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6998 // pointers on the target.
6999 QualType Ty;
7000 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
7001 Ty = Context.IntTy;
7002 else
7003 Ty = Context.LongTy;
7004
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007005 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00007006}
7007
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007008static void
7009MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
7010 QualType DstType,
7011 Expr *SrcExpr,
7012 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
7013 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
7014 return;
7015
7016 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
7017 if (!PT)
7018 return;
7019
7020 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
7021 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
7022 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
7023 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
7024 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
7025 return;
7026 }
7027
7028 // Strip off any parens and casts.
7029 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
7030 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
7031 return;
7032
7033 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
7034}
7035
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007036bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
7037 SourceLocation Loc,
7038 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00007039 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action) {
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007040 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
7041 bool isInvalid = false;
7042 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007043 CodeModificationHint Hint;
7044
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007045 switch (ConvTy) {
7046 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
7047 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007048 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007049 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
7050 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007051 case IntToPointer:
7052 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
7053 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007054 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007055 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007056 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
7057 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00007058 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
7059 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
7060 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007061 case FunctionVoidPointer:
7062 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
7063 break;
7064 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00007065 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
7066 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
7067 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
7068 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
7069 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
7070 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
7071 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
7072 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
7073 // C++ semantics.
7074 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7075 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
7076 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007077 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
7078 break;
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00007079 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanian3451e922009-11-09 22:16:37 +00007080 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00007081 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007082 case IntToBlockPointer:
7083 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
7084 break;
7085 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00007086 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007087 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007088 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007089 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007090 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
7091 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
7092 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00007093 case IncompatibleVectors:
7094 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
7095 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007096 case Incompatible:
7097 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
7098 isInvalid = true;
7099 break;
7100 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007101
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00007102 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Action
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007103 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007104 return isInvalid;
7105}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007106
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00007107bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007108 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
7109 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
7110 if (Result)
7111 *Result = ICEResult;
7112 return false;
7113 }
7114
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007115 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
7116
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007117 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007118 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
7119 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
7120
7121 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
7122 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
7123 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
7124 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
7125 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
7126 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
7127 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007128
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007129 return true;
7130 }
7131
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007132 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
7133 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007134
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007135 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
7136 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
7137 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007138
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007139 if (Result)
7140 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
7141 return false;
7142}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007143
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007144void
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007145Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007146 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
7147 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007148}
7149
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007150void
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007151Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7152 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
7153 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
7154 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007155
Douglas Gregor06d33692009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007156 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
7157 if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
7158 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
7159 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
7160 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
7161 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
7162 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
7163 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
7164 I != IEnd; ++I)
7165 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
7166 }
7167
7168 if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
7169 // Emit any pending diagnostics.
7170 for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
7171 I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
7172 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
7173 I != IEnd; ++I)
7174 Diag(I->first, I->second);
7175 }
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007176 }
7177
7178 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
7179 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
7180 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
7181 // will never be constructed.
7182 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
7183 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
7184 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
7185 ExprTemporaries.end());
7186
7187 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
7188 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007189}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007190
7191/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
7192///
7193/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
7194/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
7195/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
7196/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
7197///
7198/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
7199///
7200/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
7201void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
7202 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007203
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007204 if (D->isUsed())
7205 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007206
Douglas Gregorb5352cf2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00007207 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
7208 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
7209 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
7210 // -Wunused-parameters)
7211 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
7212 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007213 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007214
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007215 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
7216 // an instantiation.
7217 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
7218 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007219
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007220 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007221 case Unevaluated:
7222 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
7223 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007224
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007225 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7226 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
7227 // "used"; handle this below.
7228 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007229
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007230 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7231 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
7232 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
7233 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007234 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007235 return;
7236 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007237
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007238 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00007239 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007240 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00007241 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
7242 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7243 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007244 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Douglas Gregor9e9199d2009-12-22 00:34:07 +00007245 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007246 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7247 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
7248 }
Anders Carlssond6a637f2009-12-07 08:24:59 +00007249
7250 MaybeMarkVirtualMembersReferenced(Loc, Constructor);
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00007251 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
7252 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
7253 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007254
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00007255 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7256 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7257 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
7258 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
7259 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
7260 }
7261 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00007262 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007263 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00007264 // class templates.
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007265 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007266 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
7267 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
7268 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
7269 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7270 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007271 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7272 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007273 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7274 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
7275 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
7276 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7277 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007278 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7279 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007280 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7281 }
7282
Douglas Gregor60406be2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007283 if (!AlreadyInstantiated) {
7284 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext()) &&
7285 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass())
7286 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
7287 Loc));
7288 else
7289 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
7290 Loc));
7291 }
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007292 }
7293
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007294 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007295 Function->setUsed(true);
Tanya Lattnere6bbc012010-02-12 00:07:30 +00007296
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007297 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007298 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007299
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007300 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007301 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007302 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007303 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
7304 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
7305 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
7306 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
7307 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
7308 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
7309 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
7310 }
7311 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007312
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007313 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007314
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007315 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007316 return;
Sam Weinigcce6ebc2009-09-11 03:29:30 +00007317 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007318}
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007319
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007320/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
7321/// of the program being compiled.
7322///
7323/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
7324/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
7325/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
7326/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
7327/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
7328/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
7329/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
7330/// later.
7331///
7332/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
7333/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
7334/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
7335/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
7336bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc,
7337 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
7338 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
7339 case Unevaluated:
7340 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
7341 break;
7342
7343 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7344 Diag(Loc, PD);
7345 return true;
7346
7347 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7348 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD);
7349 break;
7350 }
7351
7352 return false;
7353}
7354
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007355bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
7356 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
7357 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
7358 return false;
7359
7360 PartialDiagnostic Note =
7361 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
7362 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
7363 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
7364
7365 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
7366 FD ?
7367 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
7368 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
7369 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
7370 << CE->getSourceRange(),
7371 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
7372 return true;
7373
7374 return false;
7375}
7376
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007377// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
7378// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
7379void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
7380 SourceLocation Loc;
7381
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007382 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
7383
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007384 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7385 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7386 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
7387 return;
7388
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007389 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
7390 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
7391 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7392 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
7393
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007394 // self = [<foo> init...]
7395 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
7396 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
7397 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7398
7399 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
7400 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
7401 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
7402 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7403 }
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007404
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007405 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7406 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7407 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
7408 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
7409 return;
7410
7411 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7412 } else {
7413 // Not an assignment.
7414 return;
7415 }
7416
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007417 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCall2d152152009-10-12 22:25:59 +00007418 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007419
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007420 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007421 << E->getSourceRange()
7422 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
7423 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00007424 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
7425 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007426}
7427
7428bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7429 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
7430
7431 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00007432 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007433
7434 QualType T = E->getType();
7435
7436 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7437 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
7438 return true;
7439 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
7440 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
7441 << T << E->getSourceRange();
7442 return true;
7443 }
7444 }
7445
7446 return false;
7447}